Distribution Grid Code - UK

THE DISTRIBUTION CODE
OF LICENSED DISTRIBUTION
NETWORK OPERATORS
OF GREAT
Issue 56 – 04 March 2024

THE DISTRIBUTION CODE OF GREAT BRITAIN
DOCUMENT CONTENTS
DGD 1. EXPRESSIONS 10
DGD 2. CONSTRUCTION OF REFERENCES 26
ANNEX 1 - QUALIFYING STANDARDS 28
ANNEX 2 - QUALIFYING STANDARDS 29
DIN1 INTERPRETATION 31
DIN2 DISTRIBUTION LICENCE DUTY 31
DIN3 SCOPE 32
DIN4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 32
DIN5 CODE RESPONSIBILITIES 32
DIN6 CONFIDENTIALITY 33
DIN7 PUBLICATIONS 33
DGC1 INTRODUCTION 35
DGC2 SCOPE 35
DGC3 UNFORESEEN CIRCUMSTANCES 35
DGC4 THE DISTRIBUTION CODE REVIEW PANEL 35
DGC5 COMMUNICATION BETWEEN THE DNO AND USERS 37
DGC6 DATA AND NOTICES 37
DGC7 OWNERSHIP OF PLANT AND/OR APPARATUS 38
DGC8 SYSTEM CONTROL 38
DGC9 EMERGENCY SITUATIONS 38
DGC10 DISTRIBUTION CODE RESPONSIBILITIES 38
DGC11 MODIFICATIONS TO THE DISTRIBUTION CODE 38
DGC12 CUSTOMER AND GENERATOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE
DISTRIBUTION CODE 39
DPC1 GENERAL INTRODUCTION 46
DPC2 OBJECTIVES 50
DPC3 SCOPE 51
DPC4 DESIGN PRINCIPLES AND STANDARDS 52
DPC5 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONNECTION 58
DPC6 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONNECTIONS 62
DPC7 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMBEDDED GENERATORS 66
DPC8 TRANSFER OF PLANNING DATA 78
DPC9 DEMAND SIDE SERVICES 82
DOC1 DEMAND FORECASTS 87
i
DOC 1 - APPENDIX 1 91
DOC2 OPERATIONAL PLANNING 93
DOC5 TESTING AND MONITORING 102
DOC6 DEMAND CONTROL 115
DOC7 OPERATIONAL LIAISON 120
DOC8 SAFETY CO-ORDINATION 125
DOC9 CONTINGENCY PLANNING 129
DOC10 OPERATIONAL EVENT REPORTING AND INFORMATION
SUPPLY 144
DOC11 NUMBERING AND NOMENCLATURE OF ELECTRICAL
APPARATUS AT OWNERSHIP BOUNDARIES 148
DOC12 SYSTEM TEST 150
DDRC1 INTRODUCTION 156
DDRC2 OBJECTIVE 156
DDRC3 SCOPE 156
DDRC4 DATA CATEGORIES 157
DDRC5 PROCEDURES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 158
DDRC6 DATA TO BE REGISTERED 159
SCHEDULE 5A 161
SCHEDULE 5B 165
SCHEDULE 5C (I) 171
SCHEDULE 5C (II) 173
SCHEDULE 5C (III) 175
SCHEDULE 5C (IV) 177
SCHEDULE 5C (V) 179
SCHEDULE 5D 180
SCHEDULE 5E 182
SCHEDULE 5F 185
SCHEDULE 5G 187
SCHEDULE 6 188
SCHEDULE 7A 191
SCHEDULE 7B 193
ii
SCHEDULE 7C 195
SCHEDULE 7D 197
SCHEDULE 8 198
SCHEDULE 9 201
ISSUE SUMMARY 202
-oOo-
The following items do not form part of the approved Distribution Code and are for
information only:
• Guidance Notes 1 to 3
• The Introduction to the Distribution Code, ie DIN1 to DIN 7
iii
GUIDANCE NOTE 1
Withdrawn on 27 February 2023 as the guidance is now incorporated into Engineering
Recommendation P2.
Page 5 of 209
04 March 2024
GUIDANCE NOTE 2
First issued 03 March 2011 – updated 06 October 2011
Second Issue 29 March 2012
Third Issue December 2012.
Fourth Issue September 2013
Fifth Issue May 2018
Sixth Issue March 2019
Seventh Issue September 2019
ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS G83 AND G59
This guidance note was originally issued on 03 March 2011 and its main provision was to allow
the use small scale generation of capacity greater than 16A per phase, provided it had been type
tested to the requirements of G83/1-1 but with a modified over frequency protection setting.
The guidance note only applies to small scale generation first connected before 27 April 2019.
From 27 April 2019 it will be necessary for all small scale generation connected on or after that
date to comply with the requirements of EREC G98 or EREC G99 as appropriate.
Previous updates to this note changed the applicable dates to allow a period of grace following
the introduction of revised versions of G59 and G83 in which manufacturers can adapt their
equipment to the changed requirements of these documents.
For G83/2 and G59/3 the Distribution Code Review Panel wishes to see the following continuing
interpretation:
• For all small scale embedded Power Generating Modules of up to and including 16A per
phase (provided that the aggregate capacity of installed generation is less than or equal to
16A per phase), until 1 March 2014 it is permissible to connect to the general requirements
of previous versions of G83 provided this is through an inverter or controller with a
protection/control system that has either been fully type tested in accordance with G83/1-1,
G83/2 or in accordance with G59/2. After 1 March 2014 it will only be allowable to connect
small scale embedded generation of up to and including 16A per phase that complies with
G83/2 (or with G59/3-1for small scale embedded Power Generating Modules non-
compliant with G83/2). From 1 July 2018 it will only be allowable to connect small scale
embedded generation of up to and including 16A per phase that complies with G83/2-1 (or
any subsequent amendment of G83), or with G59/3-4 (or subsequent version thereof) for
small scale embedded generation sets non-compliant with G83/2-1. Note that from 27 April
2019 it will only be possible to connect in accordance with EREC G98 (or EREC G99 for
small scale embedded Power Generating Modules not compliant with EREC G98).
• Connection of small scale embedded generation of above 16A per phase (including the
connection of small scale embedded generation of less than 16A per phase where the
aggregate capacity of installed generation is greater than 16A per phase) made before 1
December 2014 can be in accordance with either G59/2-1 or G59/3-2. Such connections
made after 1 December 2014 must be made in accordance with G59/3-2 (or subsequent
Page 6 of 209
04 March 2024
version thereof) as appropriate to the commissioning date. Note that from 27 April 2019 it
will only be possible to connect in accordance with EREC G99.
Page 7 of 209
04 March 2024
GUIDANCE NOTE 3
First issued 1 December 2012
Second Issue 17 May 2018
ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS G83
The Panel is aware that small scale generation using the Stirling engine as a prime mover has been
designed using resonance to operate within ±1% of the nominal frequency of 50Hz. Accordingly
it is not technically possible for generation using this technology currently to remain connected
down to 47.0 Hz as required by G83/2.
Recognizing the limitations of the current technology, and noting that currently the adoption of
this technology is niche and far from mass market, the Panel believes that those G83/2 tests relating
to behaviour at frequencies out side of the ±1% range should be waived or modified, thus allowing
this technology to continue its niche use.
The Panel expects that Stirling engine designs will comply with EREC G83, or to seek a specific
derogation. Similarly if the growth of this technology showed a risk of being material, then again
full compliance with G83 would be required. The Panel believes that a sensible threshold of
materiality, considering the technical and commercial effects of the technology, to be 50MW.
This DCRP Guidance Note has now been extended and it is now expected that the “Stirling
Engine” as an emerging technology must comply from 27 April 2019 with the requirements
laid down in Articles 66-70 of Retained EU Law (Commission Regulation (EU) 2016/631)
(Network Code on the Requirements for Connection of Generators). See EREC G98 and
EREC G99 for details.
Page 8 of 209
04 March 2024
DISTRIBUTION GLOSSARY AND DEFINITIONS (DGD)
Page 9 of 209
04 March 2024
DGD 1. EXPRESSIONS
In this Distribution Code the following words and expressions shall, unless the
subject matter or context otherwise requires or is inconsistent therewith, bear the
listed meanings:-
Act The Electricity Act 1989 (as amended by the Utilities Act 2000
and the Energy Act 2004).
Active Power The product of voltage and the in-phase component of alternating
current measured in units of watts, normally measured in
kilowatts (kW) or megawatts (MW).
Anchor Associated with the ability of a Restoration Contractor’s
Power Generating Module to start up from Shutdown and to
energise a part of the Total System upon instruction from the
DNO or from NGESO or a relevant Transmission Licensee
within a defined time period, without an external electrical power
supply from the DNO’s Distribution System.
Anchor Power A test carried out on an Anchor Power Generating Module at
Generating Module an Anchor Power Station while that Power Station remains
Test energized from an external electrical power power supply from
the DNO’s Distribution System.
Anchor Power Station A test carried out by an Anchor Generator on an Anchor Power
Test Generating Module while that Anchor Power Station is
disconnected from all external electrical power supplies from the
DNO’s Distribution System.
Annex 1 Standard A electricity industry national standard that implements
Distribution Code requirements and which is listed in Annex 1
of the Distribution Code, and forms part of the Distribution
Code.
Annex 2 Standard A electricity industry national standard that has a material effect
on Users but does not implement any Distribution Code
requirements and does not form part of the Distribution Code
technical requirements.
Annual Average Cold A particular combination of weather elements that give rise to a
Spell (ACS) level of Peak Demand within a financial year which has a 50%
Conditions chance of being exceeded as a result of weather variation alone.
Apparatus All Equipment in which electrical conductors are used,
supported or of which they may form a part.
It includes Users’ equipment which imposes Demand on the
Authorised Electricity Any person (other than the DNO in its capacity as an operator of
Operator or AEO a Distribution System) who is authorised to generate, participate
in the transmission of, distribute or supply electricity.
Authority The Gas and Electricity Markets Authority established under
Section 1 of the Utilities Act 2000.
Page 10 of 209
04 March 2024
Average Conditions That combination of weather elements within a period of time

which is the average of the observed values of these weather
elements during equivalent periods over many years (Sometimes
referred to as normal weather).
Balancing and The code of that title as from time to time amended.
Settlement Code
(BSC)
Balancing Mechanism Has the meaning set out in NGESO’s Transmission Licence.
BM Unit Has the meaning set out in the BSC, except that for the purposes
of the Distribution Code the reference to “Party” in the BSC
shall be a reference to a User.
BM Participant A person who is responsible for and controls one or more BM Units
or where a CUSC Bilateral Agreement specifies that a User is
required to be treated as a BM Participant for the purpose of the
Grid Code. For the avoidance of doubt, it does not imply that they
must be active in the Balancing Mechanism.
Block Loading The incremental Active Power steps, from no load to Registered
Capability Capacity, which a relevant Restoration Contractors’ Plant can
instantaneously supply without causing it to trip or go outside the
Frequency range of 47.5 – 52Hz, assuming the initial Frequency is
50.0Hz (or another Frequency range as otherwise agreed). The
time between each incremental step shall also be defined by the
relevant Restoration Contractor.
Business Day Any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, Christmas Day, Good
Friday, or a day that is a bank holiday within the meaning of the
Banking and Financial Dealings Act 1971.
CENELEC European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardisation.
Citizens Advice (CA) National Association of Citizens Advice Bureaux
Citizens Advice Scottish Association of Citizens Advice Bureaux
Scotland (CAS)
Civil Emergency Directions given by the Secretary of State to AEOs for the
Direction purpose of mitigating the effects of any natural disaster or other
emergency which, in the opinion of the Secretary of State, is or
may be likely to disrupt electricity supplies.
Committed Project Data relating to a User Development once the offer for a
Planning Data Connection Agreement is accepted.
Connection An agreement between the DNO and the User or any Customer
Agreement setting out the terms relating to a connection with the DNO’s
Distribution System (excluding any CUSC Bilateral
Agreement).
Connection Point An Entry Point or an Exit Point of the Distribution System as
the case may be.
Page 11 of 209
04 March 2024
Control Centre A location used for the purpose of control and operation of all,
or of part of a Distribution System, National Electricity
Transmission System or the System of a User.
Control Person A person who has been nominated by an appropriate officer of
the DNO, Transmission Licensee or a User to be responsible
for controlling and co-ordinating safety activities necessary to
achieve Safety From The System.
Control Phase The period 0-24 hours inclusive ahead of real time operation.
The Control Phase follows on from the Programming Phase
and covers the period down to real time.
CUSC Has the meaning set out in NGESO’s Transmission Licence.
CUSC Bilateral An agreement pursuant to the CUSC Framework Agreement

Agreement made between NGESO and a User of the National Electricity
Transmission System.
CUSC Disputes The procedure described in CUSC relating to disputes
Resolution Procedure resolution.
CUSC Framework Has the meaning set out in NGESO’s Transmission Licence.
Agreement
Customer Any person supplied or entitled to be supplied with electricity at
any premises within Great Britainbut shall not include any
Authorised Electricity Operator in its capacity as such.
Customer With Own A Customer with one or more Power Generating Modules
Generation or CWOG connected to the Customer’s System, providing all or part of the
Customer’s electricity requirements, and which may use the
DNO’s Distribution System for the transport of any surplus of
electricity being exported.
DC Converter Any Apparatus used to convert alternating current electricity to
direct current electricity, or vice versa. A DC Converter is a
standalone operative configuration at a single site comprising
one or more converter bridges, together with one or more
converter transformers, converter control equipment, essential
protective and switching devices and auxiliaries, if any, used for
conversion. In a bipolar arrangement, a DC Converter
represents the bipolar configuration.
Page 12 of 209
04 March 2024
DNO’s Distribution The System consisting (wholly or mainly) of electric lines

System owned or operated by the DNO and used for the distribution of
electricity between the Grid Supply Points or Power
Generating Modules or other Entry Points to the points of
delivery to Customers or Authorised Electricity Operators, or
any Transmission Licensee within Great Britainand Offshore
in its capacity as operator of the licensee’s Transmission
System or the National Electricity Transmission System and
includes any Remote Transmission Assets (owned by a
Transmission Licensee within Great Britain), operated by the
DNO and any electrical plant and meters and metering
equipment owned or operated by the DNO in connection with the
distribution of electricity, but shall not include any part of the
National Electricity Transmission System.
Decimal Week The week numbering system where week 1 commences in the
first week of January on a date as advised by the DNO.
De-energise The deliberate movement of any switch or the removal of any fuse
or the taking of any other step whereby no electrical current can flow
between the DNO’s Distribution System and the User’s
Equipment at the Connection Point (and “De-energisation” shall
be construed accordingly.)
Demand The demand of MW or MVAr of electricity (ie both Active
Power and Reactive Power respectively) unless otherwise
stated.
Demand Control Any or all of the following methods of achieving a Demand
reduction:
(a) Customer voltage reduction initiated by the DNO (other than
following an instruction from NGESO);
(b) Customer Demand reduction by disconnection initiated by the
DNO (other than following an instruction from NGESO);
(c) Demand reduction instructed by NGESO;
(d) automatic low frequency Demand disconnection;
(e) emergency manual Demand disconnection.
Demand Control The level above which the DNO has to notify NGESO of its
Notification Level proposed or achieved use of Demand Control which is 12 MW
in England and Wales and 5 MW in Scotland.
Demand Facility An installation under the control of a Customer where electrical
energy is consumed and is connected at one or more Connection
Points to the DNO’s Distribution System.
Page 13 of 209
04 March 2024
Demand Services A party who contracts with the DNO to provide a demand side
Provider service. The party might be a Customer contracting bilaterally
with the DNO for the provision of services, or may be a third
party providing an aggregated service from many individual
Customers. In the latter case there will be a specific contract
for the provision of the services to the DNO and will include
compliance by that third party with the requirements of DPC9 in
relation to each Demand Unit included in the aggregated
service.
Demand Unit An appliance or a device whose Active Power Demand or
Reactive Power production or consumption is being actively
controlled by the Customer in whose Demand Facility it is
installed and which has been commissioned on or after 18 August
2019 in pursuance of a contract to this end with the DNO.
Such an appliance or device commissioned before this date, but
which has been materially altered will also be included in this
definition.
Where there is more than one Demand Unit in a Demand
Facilit, these Demand Units shall together be considered as one
Demand Unit if they cannot be operated independently from
each other.
Demand Units of Customers where the Customer has
concluded a final and binding contract for the purchase of a
Demand Unit before 07 September 2018 are not included the
scope of DPC9. The Customer must have notified the DNO of
the conclusion of this final and binding contract by 07 March
2019.
Detailed Planning Data Detailed additional data which the DNO requires under the
(DPD) Distribution Planning and Connection Code in support of
Standard Planning Data.
Distribution Business The authorised business of the DNO or any affiliate or related
undertaking of the DNO (whether the business is undertaken by the
DNO or another licence holder), comprising:
(a) the distribution of electricity through the DNO’s Distribution
System, including any business in providing connections to such
System; and
(b) the provision of Distributor Metering and Data Services as
defined in the Distribution Licence.
Distribution Code A code required to be prepared by a DNO pursuant to condition
9 (Distribution Code) of a Distribution Licence and approved
by the Authority as revised from time to time with the approval
of, or by the direction of, the Authority.
Distribution Code The process set out in DGC12.5.
Compliance Practice
Distribution Code The standing body established under the Distribution General
Review Panel or Panel Conditions.
Page 14 of 209
04 March 2024
Distribution Data That portion of the Distribution Code which is identified as the
Registration Code Distribution Data Registration Code.
Distribution General That portion of the Distribution Code which is identified as the
Conditions or DGC Distribution General Conditions.
Distribution Glossary That portion of the Distribution Code which is identified as the
and Definitions Distribution Glossary and Definitions.
Distribution That portion of the Distribution Code which is identified as the
Introduction (DIN) Distribution Introduction.
Distribution Licence A distribution licence granted under Section 6(1)(c) of the Act.
Distribution Network The person or legal entity named in Part 1 of the Distribution
Operator (DNO) Licence and any permitted legal assigns or successors in title of
the named party.
Distribution That portion of the Distribution Code which is identified as the
Operating Code Distribution Operating Code.
(DOC)
Distribution Planning That portion of the Distribution Code which is identified as the
and Connection Code Distribution Planning and Connection Code.
(DPC)
Distribution An agreement between a Restoration Contractor, NGESO and
Restoration Contract the DNO:
(a) under which the Restoration Contractor provides
Anchor Power Generating Module capability to energize
a Distribution Restoration Zone, or
(b) in a Top Up Restoration Contract to contribute to the
operation of a Distribution Restoration Zone.
Distribution Part of a DNO’s Distribution System, which is arranged to be
Restoration Zone energised by an Anchor Power Generating Module when that
part of the DNO’s Distribution System is not connected to the
National Electricity Transmission System, for example
following a Total Shutdown or Partial Shutdown. The
Distribution Restoration Zone shall comprise an Anchor
Power Generating Module and may also include the
Equipment of one or more other Restoration Contractors.
A Distribution Restoration Zone primarily comprises part of
the DNO’s Distribution System, but may include relevant parts
of the National Electricity Transmission System as provided
for in the Distribution Restoration Zone Plan.
Distribution A mains independent automatic control and supervisory system
Restoration Zone which assesses the Equipment status and operational conditions
Control System of a part of a DNO’s Distribution System for the purposes of
instructing an Anchor Generator’s Power Generating
Modules and other Restoration Contractors’ Plant and
operating items of the DNO’s Apparatus for the purposes of
establishing and running a Distribution Restoration Zone.
Page 15 of 209
04 March 2024
Distribution A plan produced under DOC9.4.6 detailing the agreed method

Restoration Zone Plan and procedure by which the DNO will instruct an Anchor
(DRZP) Generator to energise part of the DNO’s Distribution System,
which together with other Restoration Contractors, will be able
to meet appropriately sized blocks of local Demand so as to form
a Power Island.
A Distribution Restoration Zone Plan falls outside the
provisions of a Local Joint Restoration Plan.
Distribution System The electrical network operated by an Other Authorised
Distributor.
Distribution Use of The standard form of agreement of that name, as amended from
System Agreement time to time.
Earthing Device A means of providing a connection between an Isolated
conductor and earth.
Effective Date The effective date specified in the relevant modification to the
Distribution Code, which may be after the implementation date of
the modification to allow time for Users to make any arrangements
that may be necessary in order to comply with that modification.
Electricity Safety, The statutory instrument entitled The Electricity Safety, Quality
Quality and and Continuity Regulations 2002 as amended from time to time
Continuity and including any further statutory instruments issued under the
Regulations Act in relation to the distribution of electricity.
(ESQCR)
Embedded Having a direct electrical connection to a Distribution System.
Embedded Generator A Generator including a Customer With Own Generation
whose Power Generating Modules are directly connected to the
DNO’s Distribution System or to an Other Authorised
Distributor connected to the DNO’s Distribution System.
The definition of Embedded Generator also includes the OTSO
in relation to any Embedded Transmission System
Embedded Offshore Transmission Licensee for an Embedded
Transmission Licensee Transmission System.
Embedded An Offshore Transmission Systemdirectly connected to the
Transmission System DNO’s Distribution System or to an Other Authorised
Distributor connected to the DNO’s Distribution System.
Entry Point The point at which an Embedded Generator or other Users
connect to the DNO’s Distribution System where power flows
into the DNO’s Distribution System under normal
circumstances.
Equipment Plant and/or Apparatus.
Electricity Supply Electricity Supply Industry.
Industry (ESI)
Page 16 of 209
04 March 2024
Event An unscheduled or unplanned (although it may be anticipated)

occurrence on or relating to a System including, without limiting
that general description, faults, incidents and breakdowns and
adverse weather conditions being experienced. It includes an
occurrence where the compliance of Customer’s Equipment
with this Distribution Code or where relevant the Grid Code is
or might be compromised.
Existing Offshore A Generator with a Power Station located in offshore waters
Generators that has an agreement for connection to the DNO’s Distribution
System via lines of 132kV or above that are wholly or partly in
offshore waters.
Exit Point The point of supply from the DNO’s Distribution System to a
User where power flows out from the DNO’s Distribution
System under normal circumstances.
External A connection to a party outside the Total System.
Interconnection
Fault Level Prospective current that would flow into a short circuit at a stated
point in the System and which may be expressed in kA or, if
referred to a particular voltage, in MVA.
Feasibility Project Data relating to a proposed User Development until such time that
Planning Data the User applies for a Connection Agreement .
Frequency The number of alternating current cycles per second (expressed in

Hertz) at which a System is running.
Fuel Security Code The document of that title designated as such by the Secretary
of State, as from time to time amended.
G59 3/7 Modification The modification to the Distribution Code to implement
Engineering Recommendation G59 Issue 3 Amendment 7, as
approved by the Authority on 5 August 2019.
Generator A person who generates electricity under licence or exemption
under the Act.
A person who has connected a Power Generating Module(s) in
accordance with Item 8 Engineering Recommendation G83/2
(“Recommendations For The Connection of Type Tested Small-
Scale Embedded Generators (Up To 16 A Per Phase) in Parallel
With Public Low-Voltage Distribution Networks”) or with Item
9 Engineering Recommendation G98 (Requirements for the
connection of type-tested micro generators (up to and including
16 A per phase) in parallel with public low voltage distribution
networks on or after 27 April 2019) and where this is (are) their
only Power Generating Module(s), is not classed as a
Generator for the purpose of this Distribution Code.
Great Britain or GB “The landmass of England & Wales and Scotland, including
internal waters”.
Page 17 of 209
04 March 2024
Grid Code The code which NGESO is required to prepare under its
Transmission Licence and have approved by the Authority as
from time to time revised with the approval of, or by the direction
of, the Authority.
Grid Supply Point Any point at which electricity is delivered from the National
Electricity Transmission System to the DNO’s Distribution
System.
High Voltage (HV) A voltage exceeding 1000 Volts.
High Voltage A Customer connected to a part of the Distribution System
Customer which is operating at HV.
Implementing Control Pursuant to DOC8, the person implementing Safety Precautions
Person at an Operational Boundary.
Individual DNO A standard adopted by an individual DNO and which is
Standard published as such by an individual DNO and that has a material
effect on Users.
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission.
Independent A DNO that does not have a Distribution Services Obligation
Distribution Network Area in its Distribution Licence and is not an ex Public
Operator Electricity Supplier.
Industry Codes A standing body comprised of representatives of all the DNOs to
Technical Group carry out the functions referred to in its own Constitution and
(ITCG) Rules.
IP Completion Day 31 December 2020 as defined in Section 39 of the European Union
(Withdrawal Agreement) Act 2020.
Isolated Disconnected from associated Equipment by an Isolating
Device(s) in the isolating position or by adequate physical
separation or sufficient gap.
Isolating Device A device for rendering Equipment Isolated.
Joint System Incident Is an Event occurring on the System or installation, which, in
the opinion of the DNO, has or may have a serious and/or
widespread effect on the System or installation of another.
Large Power Station As defined in the Grid Code.
Legally Binding Any relevant legally binding decision or decisions of the
Decisions of the European Commission and/or the Agency, but a binding decision
European Commission does not include decision that is not, or so much of a decision as
and/or the Agency is not, Retained EU Law.
Load Managed Area Has the meaning given to that term in the Distribution Use of
System Agreement.
Loaded Supplying Active Power to the System. Like terms (ie
De-Loaded) shall be construed accordingly.
Page 18 of 209
04 March 2024
Local Joint A plan produced under the Grid Code detailing the agreed
Restoration Plan method and procedure by which an Anchor Generator will
(LJRP) energise part of the Total System and meet appropriately sized
blocks of local Demand so as to form a Power Island. A Local
Joint Restoration Plan may require contributions from one or
more Top Up Restoration Contractors.
A Local Joint Restoration Plan falls outside the provisions of
a Distribution Restoration Zone Plan.
Low Voltage or LV In relation to alternating current, a voltage exceeding 50 volts
but not exceeding 1 000 volts.
Manufacturers’ Information in suitable form provided by a manufacturer in order to
Information demonstrate compliance with one or more of the requirements of
the Distribution Code. Where equipment certificate(s) as defined
in Retained EU Law (Commission Regulation (EU) 2016/631,
(Network Requirements for Connections of Generators)), or
(Commission Regulation (EU) 2016/1388 (Network Code on
Demand Connection)) cover all or part of the relevant compliance
points, the equipment certificate(s) demonstrate compliance
without need for further evidence for those aspects within the scope
of the equipment certificate.
Maximum Generation The additional output obtainable from a Power Generating
Module in excess of Registered Capacity.
Medium Power A Power Station which is connected to a System notionally
Station connected to a Grid Supply Point in NGET’s Transmission
Area with a Registered Capacity of 50 MW or more but less
than 100 MW.
For the avoidance of doubt an installation comprising one or
more DC Converters with an aggregate capacity of between 50
and 100MW will be classed as a Medium Power Station for the
purposes of this Distribution Code.
Meter Operation Code The agreement of that name, as amended from time to time.
of Practice Agreement
Meter Operator A person, registered with the Registration Authority, appointed
by either a Supplier or Customer to provide electricity meter
operation services. (This Distribution Code does not place any
direct obligation on Meter Operators other than through the
appointment by either a Supplier or a Customer.)
Minimum Generation The minimum output which a Power Generating Module can
reasonably generate as registered under the Distribution Data
Registration Code.
National Electricity The Onshore Transmission System and Offshore
Transmission System Transmission System.
National Electricity
Transmission System As defined in the Grid Code.
Demand
Page 19 of 209
04 March 2024
NGESO National Grid Electricity System Operator Limited.

NGET National Grid Electricity Transmission plc.
Normal Operating The number of Alternating Current cycles per second, expressed
Frequency in Hertz at which the System normally operates, ie 50 Hertz.
Offshore Means in Offshore Waters, as defined in Section 90(9) of the
Energy Act 2004.
Offshore As defined in the Transmission Licence.
Transmission
Implementation Plan
Offshore The NGESO acting as operator of an Offshore Transmission
Transmission System System.
Operator (OTSO)
Offshore The holder of a licence granted under Section 6 (1)(b) of the Act
Transmission Licensee excluding NGET, NGESO, SPT and SHETL.
Offshore Has the meaning set out in the Grid Code.
Transmission System
Onshore Transmission NGET, SHETL and SPT.

Licensees
Onshore Transmission Has the meaning set out in the Grid Code.
System
Operation A scheduled or planned action relating to the operation of the
System.
Operation Diagrams Diagrams which are a schematic representation of the HV
Apparatus and the connections to all external circuits at a
Connection Point, incorporating its numbering, nomenclature
and labelling.
Operational Boundary The boundary between the Apparatus operated by the DNO or
a User and the Apparatus operated by Other Authorised
Distributor(s) or other User(s), as specified in the relevant Site
Responsibility Schedule.
Operational Data Information to be supplied pursuant to the Distribution
(OD) Operating Codes and as set out in the Schedules to the DDRC.
Operational Day The period from 0500 hours on one day to 0500 on the following
day.
Operational Effect Any effect on the Operation of the relevant other System which
causes the National Electricity Transmission System or
DNO’s Distribution System or the System of the other User or
Users, as the case may be, to operate (or be at a materially
increased risk of operating) differently from the way in which
they would or may have operated in the absence of such an effect.
Page 20 of 209
04 March 2024
Operational Planning The procedure set out in Distribution Operating Code DOC2
comprising, through various timescales, the co-ordination of
planned outages of Users’Equipment.
Operational Planning The period from 8 weeks to 3 years inclusive ahead of real time
Phase operation.
Other Authorised A User authorised by Licence or exemption to distribute
Distributor electricity and having a User Distribution System connected to
Output Usable or OU That portion of Registered Capacity which is not unavailable
due to a Planned Outage or breakdown.
Ownership Boundary The electrical boundary between the Equipment owned by one
DNO or User and the Equipment owned by another User.
Partial Shutdown The same as a Total Shutdown except that all generation has
ceased in a separated part of the Total System and there is no
electricity supply from External Interconnections or other parts
of Total System to that part of the Total System and, therefore,
that part of the Total System is Shutdown with the result that it
is not possible for that part of the Total System to begin to
function again without NGESO’s directions relating to System
Restoration.
Peak Demand The highest level of Demand recorded/forecast for a 12-month
period, as specified in the relevant sections of the Distribution
Code.
Phase (Voltage) The ratio (in percent) between the rms values of the negative
Unbalance sequence component and the positive sequence component of the
voltage.
Planned Outage An outage of a Power Generating Module, its constitutent units
(eg generating transformer) or parts, or a relevant part of a User’s
System or of part of the National Electricity Transmission
System or of part of a Distribution System.
Plant Fixed and movable items used in the generation and/or supply
and/or transmission of electricity other than Apparatus.
Power Factor The ratio of Active Power to apparent power (apparent power
being the product of voltage and alternating current measured in
volt-amperes and standard multiples thereof, ie VA, kVA,
MVA).
Power Generating Any Apparatus which produces electricity.
Module
Power Island Power Generating Modules at an isolated Power Station,
together with complementary local Demand. In Scotland a
Power Island may include more than one Power Station.
Power Station A Power Generating Facility.
Page 21 of 209
04 March 2024
Power Generating An installation comprising one or more Power Generating

Facility Modules (even where sited separately) and/or controlled by the
same Generator and which may reasonably be considered as
being managed as one Power Generating Facility.
Preliminary Project Data relating to a proposed User Development at the time the User
Planning Data applies for a Connection Agreement but before an offer is made.
Programming Phase The period between the Operational Planning Phase and the
Control Phase. It starts at the 8 weeks ahead stage and finishes
at 17:00 on the day ahead of real time.
Protection The provisions for detecting abnormal conditions in a System
and initiating fault clearance or actuating signals or indications.
Qualifying Standard Electrical standards in use by DNOs and included in the
Distribution Code Review Panel ’s governance procedures, and
falling into one of the categories below:
i. Annex 1 Standard
ii. Annex 2 Standard
iii. Individual DNO Standard.
Quick Re- The capability of a Power Generating Module to Re-
synchronisation Synchronis to the System in a relatively short time under
conditions considered in the Grid Code.
Reactive Power The product of voltage and current and the sine of the phase angle
between them which is normally measured in kilovar (kVAr) or
megavar (MVAr).
Registered Capacity The normal full load capacity of a Power Generating Module
as declared by the Generator less the MW consumed when
producing the same; ie for all Generators, including Customer
With Own Generation, this will relate to the maximum level of
Active Power deliverable to the DNO’s Distribution System.
For Power Generating Modules connected to the DNO’s
Distribution System via an inverter, the inverter rating is deemed
to be the Power Generating Module’s rating.
Registered Data Data referred to in the schedules to the Distribution Data
Registration Code.
Remote Transmission Any Equipment or meters owned by NGET which:
Assets. a) are Embedded in the DNO’s Distribution System and
which are not directly connected by Plant and/or Apparatus
owned by NGET to a sub-station owned by NGET; and
b) are by agreement between NGET and the DNO operated
under thedirection and control of the DNO.
Requesting Control Pursuant to DOC8, the person requesting Safety Precautions at an
Person Operational Boundary.
Page 22 of 209
04 March 2024
Restoration Contractor A Generator or a Customer with a contractual obligation to

provide services necessary for recovery from a Total Shutdown
or a Partial Shutdown.
Restoration Plan A LJRP or DRZP as the context requires.
Restoration Service An Anchor Power Generating Module Test, Anchor Power

Test Station Test, Quick Re-synchronisation test or Top Up
Restoration Test.
Retained EU Law: As defined in the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 as
amended by the European Union (Withdrawal Agreement) Act
2020.
Retrospective A modification to the Distribution Code shall be a Retrospective
Modification Modification, if the modification is either:
a) Stated to be a Retrospective Modification in the
relevant Distribution Code Modification Report to the
Authority; or
b) A G59/3-7 Modification.
Safety From The That condition which safeguards persons working on or testing
System Apparatus from the dangers which are inherent in working on
items of Apparatus which are used separately or in combination
in any process associated with the generation, transmission or
distribution of electricity.
Safety Management The procedure adopted by the DNO or a User to ensure the safe
System Operation of the System and the safety of personnel required to
work on that System.
Safety Precautions The procedures specified within a Safety Management System.
Safety Rules The rules or procedure of the DNO or a User to ensure Safety From
The System.
Scheduling The procedure for determining intended usage of Power
Generating Modules.
Secretary of State Has the same meaning as in the Act.
SHETL Scottish Hydro-Electric Transmission Limited.
Shutdown The condition of a Power Generating Module, including its
auxiliaries, where there is no energy conversion occurring, there
is no Active Power output and there can be no Active Power
output until the Power Generating Module is deliberately and
actively returned to a state of readiness.
Significant Incident An Event on the Transmission System or DNO’s Distribution
System or in a User’s System which has or may have a
significant effect on the System of others.
Site Responsibility A schedule defining the ownership, operation and maintenance
Schedule responsibility of Equipment at a Connection Point of the DNO.
Small Power Station As defined in the Grid Code.
Page 23 of 209
04 March 2024
SPT Scottish Power Transmission Limited
Standard Planning General information required by the DNO under the

Data Distribution Planning Code.
(SPD)
Standby The supply of electricity by a Supplier to a Customer on a
periodic or intermittent basis to make good any shortfall between
the Customer’s total supply requirements and that met by his
own generation.
Superimposed Signals Those electrical signals present on a Distribution System for the
purposes of information transfer.
Supplier (a) A person supplying electricity under an Electricity Supply
Licence; or
(b) A person supplying electricity under exemption under the
Act; in each case acting in its capacity as a supplier of electricity
to Customers in Great Britain.
Supply Agreement An agreement for the supply of electricity made between a
Supplier and a consumer of electricity.
Synchronised The condition where a Power Generating Module is connected
to a System so that the Frequency and phase relationship of that
Power Generating Module and the System to which it is
connected are identical. Like terms shall be construed
accordingly; eg “Synchronism”, “De-Synchronised”, Re-
Synchronised.”
It is also used to describe the condition where a Customer’s
Apparatus is consuming electricity supplied from the System.
System An electrical network running at various voltages.
System Control The administrative and other arrangements established to
maintain as far as possible the proper safety and security of the
System.
System Incident A centre set up by the DNO pursuant to the declaration of a Joint
Centre System Incident, under DOC 9, to assume control of the
incident.
System Restoration The procedure necessary for a recovery from a Total Shutdown
or Partial Shutdown.
System Stability The ability of the System for a given initial operating condition to
regain a state of operating equilibrium after being subjected to a
given disturbance, with most System variables being within
acceptable limits so that practically the whole System remains
intact.
Page 24 of 209
04 March 2024
System Test That test or tests which involve simulating conditions or the
controlled application of irregular, unusual or extreme conditions
on the Total System or any part of it, but not including routine
testing, commissioning or recommissioning tests.
Target Frequency That Frequency determined by NGESO as the desired operating
Frequency of the Total System, or a relevant Power Island.
This will normally be 50.00 Hz plus or minus 0.05 Hz. An
example of exceptional circumstances may be during a recovery
from a Total Shutdown or Partial Shutdown.
Test Coordinator A suitably qualified person appointed to coordinate System Test
pursuant to DOC12.
Test Panel A panel, the composition of which is detailed in DOC12, and
which will be responsible for formulating System Test proposals
and submitting a test programme.
Top-Up The supply of electricity by any Supplier to the Customer on a
continuing or regular basis to make good any shortfall between
the Customer’s total supply requirements and that met from
other sources.
Top Up Restoration A commercial contract between a Restoration Contractor, the
Contract DNO and NGESO to provide a service (other than Anchor
Power Generating Module capability) used to facilitate the
operation of a DRZP.
Top Up Restoration A Restoration Contractor with a Top Up Restoration
Contractor Contract.
Top Up Restoration A test conducted on a Top Up Restoration Contractor’s Plant
Test to confirm it is capable of meeting the requirements of the
relevant Top Up Restoration Contract.
Total Shutdown The situation existing when all generation has ceased and there
is no electricity supply from External Interconnections and
therefore the Total System has Shutdown with the result that it
is not possible for the Total System to begin to function again
without NGESO’s directions relating to System Restoration.
Total System The National Electricity Transmission System and all Systems
of Users of this National Electricity Transmission System in
Great Britain and Offshore.
Transmission Licence The licence granted under Section 6(1)(b) of the Act.
Transmission Licensee Any Onshore Transmission Licensee, Offshore Transmission
Licensee or NGESO.
Transmission System Has the same meaning as the term "licensee's transmission
system” in the Transmission Licence of a Transmission
Licensee.
Page 25 of 209
04 March 2024
Unmetered Supply A supply of electricity to premises which is not, for the purposes
of calculating charges for electricity supplied to the Customer
at such premises, measured by metering equipment.
User A term used in various sections of the Distribution Code to refer
to the persons using the DNO’s Distribution System, more
particularly identified in each section of the Distribution Code,
including for the avoidance of doubt the OTSO for Embedded
Transmission System.
User Development Either a User's Plant and/or Apparatus and/or System to be
connected to the DNO’s Distribution System, or a modification
relating to a User's Plant and/or Apparatus and/or System
already connected to the DNO’s Distribution System, or a
proposed new connection or modification to the connection
within the User’s System.
Voltage Reduction The method to temporarily control Demand by reduction of
System voltage.
Weekly Average Cold That particular combination of weather elements that gives rise
Spell (ACS) Condition to a level of Peak Demand within a week, taken to commence
on a Monday and end on a Sunday, which has a particular chance
of being exceeded as a result of weather variation alone. This
particular chance is determined such that the combined
probabilities of Demand in all weeks of the year exceeding the
annual Peak Demand under Annual ACS Conditions is 50%,
and in the week of maximum risk the weekly Peak Demand
under Weekly ACS Conditions is equal to the annual Peak
Demand under Annual ACS Conditions.
DGD 2. CONSTRUCTION OF REFERENCES
In this Distribution Code:-

(i) The Table of contents, the Guide and headings are inserted for convenience only
and shall be ignored in construing the Distribution Code.
(ii) Unless the context otherwise requires, all references to a particular paragraph,
sub-paragraph, Annex, Appendix or Schedule shall be a reference to that
paragraph, sub-paragraph, Annex, Appendix or Schedule in or to that part of the
Distribution Code in which the reference is made.
(iii) Unless the context otherwise requires the singular shall include the plural and
vice versa, references to any gender shall include any individual, body corporate,
unincorporated association, firm or partnership and any other legal entity.
(iv) References to the words “include” or “including” are to be construed without
limitation to the generality of the preceding words.
(v) Unless there is something in the subject matter or the context which is
inconsistent therewith, any reference to an Act of Parliament or any Section of
or Schedule to, or other provision of an Act of Parliament shall be construed at
the particular time, as including a reference to any modification, extension or re-
Page 26 of 209
04 March 2024
enactment thereof then in force and to all instruments, orders and regulations
then in force and made or deriving validity from the relevant Act of Parliament.
(vi) References to “in writing” or “written” include typewriting, printing,
lithography and other modes of reproducing words in a legible and non-
transitory form and, except where otherwise stated, includes suitable means of
electronic transfer, such as electronic mail. In all cases the form of notification
and the nominated persons or departments and addresses of the sender and
recipient of the data or information shall be agreed by the DNO and User and
the sender shall be able to confirm receipt of the information by the recipient. In
the case of electronic transfer the sender and recipient shall be able to reproduce
the information in non-transitory form.
(vii) Where the Distribution Glossary and Definitions refers to any word or term
which is more particularly defined in a part of the Distribution Code, the
definition in that part of the Distribution Code will prevail over the definition
in the Distribution Glossary and Definitions in the event of any inconsistency.
(viii) A cross reference to another document or part of the Distribution Code shall
not of itself impose any additional or further or co-existent right in the part of
the text where such cross-reference is contained.
(ix) Nothing in the Distribution Code is intended to or shall derogate from the
DNO’s statutory or licence obligations.
(x) Except where expressly stated to the contrary, reference to Commission
Regulation means the Commission Regulation (EU) as it forms part of Retained
EU Law, as such regulation may be amended.
Page 27 of 209
04 March 2024
ANNEX 1 - QUALIFYING STANDARDS
This Annex forms part of the Distribution Code technical requirements.
Distribution Code Requirements Implemented via Electricity Supply Standards
Copies of the following Engineering Recommendations and Technical Specifications are freely
available from the Distribution Code website at http://www.dcode.org.uk/ or from Energy
Networks Association, 4 More London Riverside, London SE1 2AU,
http://www.energynetworks.org/. A copy of Engineering Memorandum PO-PS-037 is
available from Scottish Hydro Electric Power Distribution Ltd on request.
1 Engineering Recommendation G5 Issue 5

Harmonic voltage distortion and the connection of harmonic sources and/or resonant
plant to transmission systems and distribution networks in the United Kingdom .
2 Engineering Recommendation G59 Issue 3 Amendment 8
Recommendation for the connection of generating plant to the distribution systems of
licensed distribution network operators
3 (a) Engineering Recommendation P2 Issue 8
Security of Supply.
(b) PO-PS-037
Distribution planning standards of voltage and of security of supply. (Parts of
Scottish Hydro Electric Power Distribution Ltd Area).
4 Engineering Report 130 Issue 4
Guidance on the application of Engineering Recommendation P2, Security of Supply
5 Engineering Recommendation P24
AC traction supplies to British Rail.
6 Engineering Recommendation P28 Issue 2
Voltage fluctuations and the connection of disturbing equipment to transmission
systems and distribution networks in the United Kingdom.
Planning limits for voltage unbalance in the United Kingdom for 132kV and below.
Recommendations for the connection of type tested Small-Scale Embedded Generators
(up to 16 A Per Phase) in parallel with low-voltage distribution systems.
Requirements for the connection of type-tested micro generators (up to and including
16 A per phase) in parallel with public low voltage distribution networks on or after
27 April 2019.
Requirements for the connection of generating equipment in parallel with public
distribution networks on or after 27 April 2019.
Page 28 of 209
04 March 2024
ANNEX 2 - QUALIFYING STANDARDS
This Annex prescribes the Electricity Supply Industry Standards that have a material effect on
Users but do not implement any Distribution Code requirements and do not form part of the
Distribution Code technical requirements.
Copies of the following Engineering Recommendations and Technical Specifications are freely
available from the Distribution Code website at http://www.dcode.org.uk/ or from Energy
Networks Association, 1st Floor, 4 More London Riverside, London SE1 2AU,
http://www.energynetworks.org/.
1 Engineering Recommendation G81 Framework for design and planning, materials

specification and installation and record for Greenfield low voltage housing estate
installations and associated, new, HV/LV distribution substations
2 Distributed Generation Connection Guides (published by Energy Networks Association)
3 Engineering Report 131 Issue 3
Analysis package for assessing the security contribution from distributed generation
and electricity storage systems – Users’ guide
EREP 131 refers to the associated spreadsheet: ENA Engineering Report 131
Spreadsheet, Issue 3
4 Engineering Recommendation G12 Issue 5
Requirements for the application of protective multiple earthing to low voltage networks

The short-circuit characteristics of single-phase and three-phase low voltage distribution
networks
Complexity of distribution circuits operated at or above 22kV
7 Engineering Recommendation G87
Guidelines for the Provision of Low Voltage Connections to Multiple Occupancy
Buildings
8 Technical Specification 41-24 Issue 2
Guidance for the design, installation, testing and maintenance of main earthing systems in
substations
9 Engineering Recommendation S34 Issue 2
A guide for assessing the rise of earth potential at electrical installations
Page 29 of 209
04 March 2024
DISTRIBUTION CODE INTRODUCTION (DIN)
Page 30 of 209
04 March 2024
DISTRIBUTION INTRODUCTION (DIN)
DIN1 INTERPRETATION
DIN1.1 This Distribution Code has been prepared by the DNOs. Words and expressions printed
in bold type are listed in the Distribution Glossary and Definitions.
DIN1.2 The DNO, unless indicated otherwise, shall be construed as acting in its
Distribution Business capacity.
DIN2 DISTRIBUTION LICENCE DUTY
DIN2.1 The Distribution Licence (Condition 21) requires the DNO in consultation with
Authorised Electricity Operators liable to be materially affected thereby to
prepare and at all times have in force and implement and comply with a
Distribution Code which:
(a) Covers all material technical aspects relating to connections to and the
operation and use of the DNO’s Distribution System and the operation of
electric lines and electrical Plant and Apparatus connected to the DNO’s
Distribution System. The Distribution System of any Other Authorised
Distributor shall comply with the Distribution Code at the point of
connection with the DNO’s Distribution System.
(b) Is designed so as to:
(i) Permit the development, maintenance, and operation of an efficient,
coordinated and economical System for the distribution of electricity.
(ii) Facilitate competition in the generation and supply of electricity.
(iii) Efficiently discharge the obligations imposed upon DNOs by the
Distribution Licence and comply with the Regulation (where Regulation
has the meaning defined in the Distribution Licence) and any relevant
Legally Binding Decisions of the European Commission and/or
Agency.
(iv) Promote efficiency in the implementation and administration of the

Distribution Code.
DIN2.2 The Distribution Code is in the same form for all Users of the same category. In
drawing up and implementing the Distribution Code, the Distribution Licence
requires that the DNO shall not discriminate against or prefer:
(a) any one or any group of persons, or

(b) the DNO in the conduct of any business other than the Distribution Business,
in favour of or against any one other or any other group of persons.
DIN2.3 It is also a requirement of the Distribution Licence that the DNO shall comply
with the provisions of the Grid Code so far as applicable to the licensed business,
and the Distribution Code is designed to ensure that these obligations can be met
by the DNO.
Page 31 of 209
04 March 2024
DIN3 SCOPE
The Distribution Code shall be complied with by the DNO and by potential and
existing Generators, Suppliers and Customers connected to or seeking
connection to the DNO’s Distribution System being referred to as Users as
expressly defined in the various parts of the Distribution Code.
DIN4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
DIN4.1 The Distribution Code contains procedures to permit equitable management of day
to day technical situations in the Electricity Supply Industry, taking account of a
wide range of operational conditions likely to be encountered under both normal
and exceptional circumstances. It is nevertheless necessary to recognise that the
Distribution Code cannot predict and address all possible operational situations.
Users must therefore understand and accept that the DNO, in such unforeseen
circumstances, will be required, in the course of the reasonable and prudent
discharge of its responsibilities, to act in pursuance of any one or any combination
of the following “General Requirements”:
(a) The need to preserve or restore the integrity of the DNO’s Distribution System
or the National Electricity Transmission System
(b) The compliance by the DNO with its Distribution Licence obligations.
(c) The compliance by others with obligations imposed by Licences issued under
the Act.
(d) The avoidance of breakdown, separation or collapse (total or partial) of the
DNO’s Distribution System or the National Electricity Transmission
System or the Total System.
(e) The preservation of safety under all circumstances, including the prevention of
personal injury.
(f) The prevention of damage to Plant and/or Apparatus.
(g) The achievement of objectives specifically identified in the Distribution
Code.
(h) The compliance by the DNO with the Grid Code.
(i) In the absence of an applicable provision of the Distribution Code or any
of these General Requirements:
(i) The application of a policy aimed at the equitable sharing amongst User
of any temporary restriction that might be necessary in exceptional
circumstances, and
(ii) The application of then current industry practice.
DIN4.2 Users shall provide such reasonable co-operation and assistance as the DNO may
reasonably request in pursuance of the above General Requirements.
DIN5 CODE RESPONSIBILITIES
DIN5.1 The Distribution Code sets out procedures and principles governing the DNO’s
relationship with all Users of the DNO’s Distribution System.
DIN5.2 The DNO and all Users have a duty under this Distribution Code to provide such
information and resources as are necessary to facilitate compliance with and
Page 32 of 209
04 March 2024
implementation of the Distribution Code. The DNO can only plan and operate the
DNO’s Distribution System and provide information for the planning and
operation of the National Electricity Transmission System, having regard to the
requirements which Users have informed the DNO they wish to make of the DNO’s
Distribution System. The DNO must be able to rely upon the information which
Users have supplied to it and will not be held responsible for any consequences
which arise from its reasonable and prudent actions on the basis of such information
supplied by any User or Users.
DIN6 CONFIDENTIALITY
The Distribution Code contains procedures under which the DNO’s Distribution
Business, in pursuance of its obligation as a DNO, will receive information from
Users relating to the intentions of such Users. The DNO shall not, except in
pursuance of specific requirements of the Distribution Code, disclose such
information to any User or other person without the prior written consent of the
provider of the information, subject to the requirements of the Distribution
Licence (Condition 39).
DIN7 PUBLICATIONS
The Distribution Code contains references to various Electricity Supply Industry

publications which provide guidance on planning and design criteria. A list of the
publications referred to is included as an Annex 1 to the Distribution Code.
Page 33 of 209
04 March 2024
DISTRIBUTION GENERAL CONDITIONS (DGC)
Page 34 of 209
04 March 2024
DGC1 INTRODUCTION
The Distribution Glossary and Definitions apply to all provisions of the

Distribution Code. Their objective is to ensure, to the extent possible, that various
sections of the Distribution Code work together and work in practice for the
benefit of all Users.
DGC2 SCOPE
The Distribution Glossary and Definitions apply to the DNO and to all Users.
DGC3 UNFORESEEN CIRCUMSTANCES
If circumstances not envisaged by the provisions of the Distribution Code should

arise, the DNO shall, to the extent reasonably practicable in the circumstances,
consult promptly and in good faith with all affected Users in an effort to reach
agreement as to what should be done. If agreement between the DNO and those
Users cannot be reached in the time available, the DNO shall determine what is to
be done.
Wherever the DNO makes a determination, it shall do so having regard, wherever

possible, to the views expressed by Users and, in any event, to what is reasonable
in all the circumstances. Each User shall comply with all instructions given to it
by the DNO following such a determination provided that the instructions are
consistent with the then current technical parameters of the particular User’s
System registered under the Distribution Code. The DNO shall promptly refer all
such unforeseen circumstances and any such determination to the Distribution
Code Review Panel for consideration in accordance with DGC4.2(e).
DGC4 THE DISTRIBUTION CODE REVIEW PANEL
DGC4.1 The DNOs shall establish and maintain the Panel, which shall be a standing body,
to carry out the functions referred to in paragraph DGC4.2.
DGC4.2 The Panel shall:-
(a) Keep the Distribution Code and its working under review, including
any necessary requirements for maintaining variations for Scotland
and England and Wales;
(b) to minimize the necessary differences in the treatment of issues in
Scotland from their treatment in England and Wales;
(c) review all suggestions for modifications to the Distribution Code
which the Authority or any User may wish to submit to a DNO for
consideration by the Panel from time to time;
(d) publish recommendations as to modifications to the Distribution Code
that a DNO or the Panel feels are necessary or desirable and the
reasons for the recommendations;
(e) issue guidance in relation to the Distribution Code and its
implementation, performance and interpretation when asked to do so
by any User; and
Page 35 of 209
04 March 2024
(f) consider what changes are necessary to the Distribution Code arising
out of any unforeseen circumstances referred to it by the DNO under
DGC3.
(g) produce an Annual Report of the activities of the Panel ; and
(h) establish and maintain governance arrangements for Qualifying
Standards that have a material effect on Users of the Distribution
System as follows:
(1) national electricity industry standards that implement Distribution
Code requirements, and which are listed in Annex 1 of the
Distribution Code and form part of the Distribution Code;
(2) other national electricity industry standards that have a material affect
on Users but do not implement Distribution Code requirements and
which do not form part of the Distribution Code technical
requirements. The Panel will maintain a list of these standards. For
convenience this list is attached as Annex 2; and
(3) standards adopted by individual DNOs, which are published as
such by those DNOs and which have a material effect on Users;
(i) maintain a detailed procedure for the overall governance arrangements for
Qualifying Standards, which shall be agreed by resolution of the Panel
from time to time; and
(j) have regard for commercial matters insofar as they interact with the
Distribution Code and take into account the commercial implications of
Distribution Code provisions when developing modifications to the
Distribution Code and Annex 1 Standard and Annex 2 Standard.
However the Panel shall not be required to discuss issues relating solely
to commercial matters.
DGC4.3 The Panel shall consist of:-
(a) A Chairman and up to 5 members appointed by the ITCG, at least one

of whom will be a member of the Grid Code Review Panel and at least
one of whom will be an Independent Distribution Network Operator ;
(b) a person appointed by the Authority;
(c) the following members:-
(i) 2 persons representing onshore Generators with Power
Generating Facilities who are BM Participant s and are active (ie
submitting bid-offer data) in the Balancing Mechanism ;
(ii) 2 persons representing onshore Generators with Embedded
Power Generating Facilities other than those in (i) above; and
(iii) 2 persons, other than Supplier, representing Users without
Power Generating Facilities;
(iv) a person representing the OTSO;
(v) a person representing Suppliers; and
(d) A person representing customers appointed by the CA and CAS.
Page 36 of 209
04 March 2024
Each of the above shall be appointed pursuant to the rules issued pursuant to
DGC4.4.
DGC4.4 The Panel shall establish and comply at all times with its own Constitution and
Rules and procedures relating to the conduct of its business, which Constitution
Rules and procedures shall be approved by the Authority and are set out in the
“Constitution and Rules of the Distribution Code Review Panel”.
DGC4.5 As part of the DNO’s obligation to review periodically the Distribution Codeand
its implementation as required by Condition 21 of the DNO’s Distribution
Licence, the DNO shall consult all Authorised Electricity Operators liable to be
affected in relation to all proposed modifications to the Distribution Code and shall
submit all proposed modifications to the Distribution Code to the Panel for
discussion prior to such consultation. Such review of the Distribution Code
undertaken by the DNO shall involve an evaluation of whether any modification
would better facilitate the achievement of the Distribution Code objectives, as
provided in the DNO’s Distribution Licence, and, where the impact on greenhouse
gasses is likely to be material, this shall include an assessment of the quantifiable
impact of any proposed modification on greenhouse gas emissions, to be conducted
in accordance with any guidance (on the treatment of carbon costs and evaluation
of greenhouse gas emissions) as may be issued by the Authority from time to time
and in accordance with the rules pursuant to DGC4.4.
DGC4.6 The DNOs shall establish and maintain a group to be known as the ITCG, which
shall be a standing body comprised of representatives of the DNOs to carry out the
functions referred to in its own constitution and rules.
DGC4.7 The ITCG shall establish and comply at all times with its own constitution and
rules relating to the conduct of its business, which constitution and rules shall be
approved by the Authority.
DGC4.8 The DNOs shall fund and share the costs incurred by or on behalf of the DNOs in
relation to the operation of the Panel and the ITCG in accordance with the cost
apportionment mechanism set out in the constitution and rules of the ITCG.
DGC5 COMMUNICATION BETWEEN THE DNO AND USERS
Unless otherwise specified in the Distribution Code, the methods of operational

communication (other than relating to the submission of data and notices) shall be
agreed between the DNO and User from time to time. The DNO shall operate an
enquiry service for dealing with incidents on the DNO’s Distribution System and
interruptions in supply.
DGC6 DATA AND NOTICES
DGC6.1 Data and notices to be exchanged between the DNO and User under the
Distribution Code (other than data which is the subject of a specific requirement
of the Distribution Code as to the manner of its delivery) shall be delivered in
writing in accordance with DGD2 (vi).
DGC6.2 All data items, where applicable, will be referenced to nominal voltage and
Frequency unless otherwise stated.
Page 37 of 209
04 March 2024
DGC7 OWNERSHIP OF PLANT AND/OR APPARATUS
References in the Distribution Code to Plant and/or Apparatus of a User include

Plant and/or Apparatus used by a User under an agreement with a third party.
DGC8 SYSTEM CONTROL
Where a User’s System (or part thereof) is, by agreement, under the control of the
DNO, then for the purposes of communication and co-ordination in operational
timescales the DNO can (for those purposes only) treat that User’s System (or part
thereof) as part of the DNO’s Distribution System but as between the DNO and
Users, it shall remain to be treated as the User’s System (or part thereof).
DGC9 EMERGENCY SITUATIONS
Users should note that the provisions of the Distribution Code may be suspended
in whole or in part during a Security Period as more particularly provided for in the
Fuel Security Code, or in accordance with a Civil Emergency Direction issued
under a Civil Emergency in accordance with Distribution Operating Code DOC9.
DGC10 DISTRIBUTION CODE RESPONSIBILITIES
The Distribution Code sets out procedures and principles governing the
relationship between the DNO and all Users of the DNO’s Distribution System.
DGC11 MODIFICATIONS TO THE DISTRIBUTION CODE
DGC11.1 Modifications to the Distribution Code shall be made in accordance with the
procedures set out in the Constitution and Rules of the Distribution Code Review
Panel.
DGC11.2 Subject to DGC11.3, modifications to the Distribution Code that change the
obligations on Users to comply with the Distribution Code in relation to their
Equipment will apply to any Equipment installed in the User’s installation on or
after the Effective Date of the relevant modification.
DGC11.3 If a modification to the Distribution Code is a Retrospective Modification, all
Users must comply with the Retrospective Modification in relation to any
Equipment installed in the User’s installation before the Effective Date of the
Retrospective Modification.
DCG 11.4 Where the User makes a material alteration to the relevant Equipment, then the
User shall comply with the requirements of the Distribution Code currently in
force at the date of the material alteration.
DGC11.5 The DNOs shall appoint a Code Administrator (as defined in the Distribution
Licence). The Code Administrator shall (in addition to any powers, duties or
functions set out in the Distribution Code or the Constitution and Rules of the
Distribution Code Review Panel):
(a) together with other code administrators, publish, review, and (where
appropriate) amend from time to time the Code of Practice (Code of
Practice in DGC11.3 has the meaning defined in the Distribution
Licence);
Page 38 of 209
04 March 2024
(b) facilitate the procedures for making a modification to the Distribution
Code;
(c) have regard to, and in particular (to the extent relevant) be consistent with,
the principles contained in the Code of Practice;
(d) provide assistance, insofar as it is reasonably practicable and on reasonable

request, to Authorised Electricity Operators (including in particular
Small Participants as defined in the Distribution Licence) and, to the
extent relevant, consumer representatives that request the Code
Administrator's assistance, in relation to the Distribution Code including,
but not limited to, understanding the operation of the Distribution Code,
their involvement in, and representation during, the modification processes
(including, but not limited to, Panel and/or working group meetings), and
accessing information relating to modification proposals and/or
modifications.
DGC12 CUSTOMER AND GENERATOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE

DISTRIBUTION CODE
DCG12.1 Where a Customer or a Generator becomes aware that it is not, or might not be,
compliant with a Distribution Code requirement, the Customer or Generator
shall inform the DNO as soon as reasonably practicable.
DCG12.2 Non-compliance, or potential non-compliance, with the Distribution Code, may
be identified through System monitoring or from the investigation of an Event on
the System.
DGC12.3 If a DNO considers that a Customer or a Generator is not, or might not be,
compliant with a Distribution Code requirement and such non-compliance, or
potential non-compliance
(a) relates either to a single item of Equipment in a Customer’s or a
Generator’s installation or items of Equipment in multiple Customers’
or Generators’ installations, and
(b) is such that, in the opinion of the DNO, it has a material detrimental
impact on the System,
then the DNO shall follow the Distribution Code Compliance Process. For
example, non-compliance or potential non-compliance of Equipment in a
Generator’s installation with the following Distribution Code requirements is
considered to have a material detrimental impact on the System:
i) Those requirements introduced by the G59/3-7 Modification.
ii) Those requirements introduced by a Retrospective Modification.
iii) Embedded Generator interface protection requirements set out in
DPC7.1.4 and EREC G59, as appropriate, identified as having a material
detrimental effect by the DNO, as part of the Accelerated Loss of Mains
Change Programme.
DGC12.4 If, on completion of the Distribution Code Compliance Process under DGC12.3
the Customer or Generator has not implemented such changes to its Equipment
Page 39 of 209
04 March 2024
as may be required to ensure compliance with the Distribution Code and / or
provided information to the reasonable satisfaction of the DNO to demonstrate
that its Equipment is compliant with the Distribution Code, and either:
(a) the Customer or Generator has not submitted a competent derogation
application to the DNO with respect to the non-compliance or potential
non-compliance with the Distribution Code within the timescale of the
Distribution Code Compliance Process under DGC12.3, or
(b) the DNO has not submitted a competent derogation application to the
Authority with respect to the non-compliance or potential non-compliance
with the Distribution Code within 10 (ten) Business Days of completion
of the applicable Distribution Code Compliance Process under
DGC12.3, or
(c) the Customer, the Generator or the DNO has submitted a competent
derogation application, in accordance with DCG12.4 (a) or (b) as
applicable, with respect to the non-compliance or potential non-
compliance with the Distribution Code and the Authority has decided to
refuse that application,
then the Customer or Generator shall be in breach of the Distribution Code and
the DNO shall De-energise the Customer’s or the Generator’s Connection
Point as soon as reasonably practicable.
DGC12.5 Distribution Code Compliance Process
The Distribution Code Compliance Process sets out a detailed prescriptive
process and timeline.
Where the DNO believes that the application of this process would be
inappropriate in relation to a specific non-compliance or potential non-
compliance, the DNO shall seek derogation from the Authority to apply a
different process, e.g. a shorter process where a non-compliance or potential non-
compliance needs to be addressed urgently.
In the event of non-compliance or potential non-compliance with the Distribution
Code, identified in accordance with DGC12.3, the DNO will follow a five-stage
process to resolve the issue. If, after following this process the issue remains
unresolved, the DNO has an obligation to de-energise the Customer’s or the
Generator’s Connection Point in accordance with DGC12.4.
A Customer or Generator may contact the DNO to request that the DNO applies
for derogation, from the Authority against the DNO’s obligation to de-energise a
non-compliant installation at any time but it is encouraged to do so as early into
the Distribution Code Compliance Process as possible. The DNO is not
obliged to act on such a request from a Customer or a Generator where there is
no technical reason preventing the Customer from complying with the
Distribution Code, unless the derogation relates to non-compliance with a
requirement arising from an EU Network Code which is Retained EU Law.
Page 40 of 209
04 March 2024
Where it is reasonable to act on a Customer’s or a Generator’s request, the DNO
will apply to the Authority for derogation following the process in Ofgem’s
guidance.1
Where the Authority grants the DNO derogation from the obligation to de-
energise the specific non-compliant Customer’s or Generator’s installation then
that installation shall remain connected.
Where the Authority rejects the derogation request then the DNO shall de-
energise that installation as soon as reasonably practicable.
The DNO will commence the Distribution Code Compliance Process when the
non-compliance or potential non-compliance is first identified in accordance with
DGC12.3 except where the non-compliance or potential non-compliance relates to
Type D Power Generation Module; in which case the Distribution Code
Compliance Process will be initiated following the exhaustion of the Limited
Operational Notification process set out in DGC Annex 1 Item 10, Engineering
Recommendation G99.
Stage 1 – First Notice (Week 0)
1. The DNO will issue notification in writing to the Customer or the Generator,
which:
(a) sets out the non-compliance or potential non-compliance;
(b) sets out the actions the Customer or the Generator must take to
address the non-compliance or potential non-compliance and the
dates by which those actions should be complete, noting that
compliance is required by no later than 26 weeks from the date of
the notification;
(c) clarifies that, although the Customer or the Generator may
request that the DNO applies to the Authority for a derogation
relating to compliance with the Distribution Code at any time
during the Distribution Code Compliance Process a Customer or
a Generator that is considering requesting that the DNO requests a
derogation from the Authority must do so as early in the
Distribution Code Compliance Process as possible; and
(d) sets out the timescales associated with the Distribution Code
Compliance Process.
2. If, by the end of Week 4, the Customer or the Generator has not
demonstrated compliance with the Distribution Code, the DNO will
initiate Stage 2 of the Distribution Code Compliance Process.
1
Guidance on technical derogation requests, Ofgem. 16 November 2017.
Page 41 of 209
04 March 2024
Stage 2 - Second Notice (Week 4)
1. The DNO will issue notification in writing to the Customer or the

Generator, which:
(a) sets out whether a response has been received from the Customer
or the Generator following Stage 1;
(b) sets out whether the Customer or the Generator has provided
evidence to demonstrate its compliance with the Distribution
Code;
(c) sets out whether a compliance plan has been agreed and
summarises the plan, including the key dates; and
(d) repeats the relevant parts of the notification provided under Stage
1.
2. If the Customer or the Generator does not respond to the notification
provided under Stage 1, the DNO will attach a suitably robust and durable
copy of that notification to a suitable location at or as close as possible to
the Customer’s or the Generator’s site, for example to the site gate,
fence, door, metering annex etc.
Stage 3 – Third Notice (Week 8)
1. The DNO will repeat the relevant parts of Stage 2 of the Distribution
Code Compliance Process.
Stage 4 – Fourth Notice (Week 16)
Page 42 of 209
04 March 2024
Stage 5 – Final Notice (Week 22)
2. The notification provided to the Customer or the Generator will clearly
state that, if the Customer or the Generator has not provided evidence
sufficient to demonstrate compliance with the Distribution Code by the
end of week 26, the DNO will make arrangements to de-energise the
Customer’s or the Generator’s Connection Point in accordance with
Distribution Code DGC12.4.
DGC12.6 Notification
The DNO will give the notifications required under each stage of the Distribution
Code Compliance Process in accordance with the National Terms of Connection
or with the relevant bilateral connection agreement and to the most recent address
held by the DNO for correspondence with the Customer or the Generator.
Where the DNO holds an email address for the Customer or the Generator the
DNO will also email the relevant notification to that email address.
Page 43 of 209
04 March 2024
DISTRIBUTION PLANNING AND CONNECTION CODE (DPC)
Page 45 of 209
04 March 2024
DISTRIBUTION PLANNING AND CONNECTION CODE 1
DPC1 GENERAL INTRODUCTION
DPC1.1 The Distribution Planning and Connection Code specifies the technical and
design criteria and the procedures to be applied by the DNO in the planning and
development of the DNO’s Distribution System and to be taken into account by
Users, as defined in DPC3 below, in the planning and development of their own
Systems insofar as the latter affect the operation and use of the DNO’s Distribution
System. Developments on the DNO’s Distribution System may have an impact
on the National Electricity Transmission System and this will be taken into
account in the planning and development of the DNO’s Distribution System and
the conditions of the Grid Code complied with as appropriate.
DPC1.2 This Distribution Planning and Connection Code also specifies the technical,
design and operational criteria which must be complied with by the Users, defined
in DPC3 below connected to, or seeking connection to the DNO’s Distribution
System, in the planning and development of their Systems in so far as they affect
DPC1.3 A requirement for reinforcement or extension of the DNO’s Distribution System

or the National Electricity Transmission System may arise due to the
requirements of a User or for a number of other reasons including, but not limited
to:
(a) A development on a User’s System already connected to the DNO’s

Distribution System as a User Development.
(b) The introduction of a new Connection Point between a User’s System and the
(c) Transient, or steady state stability considerations.
(d) The development of an existing, or the connection of a new Customer.
(e) The cumulative effect of any combination of the above.
DPC1.4 Accordingly, the reinforcement or extension of the DNO’s Distribution System or

the National Electricity Transmission System may involve work:
(a) At the Connection Point between a User’s System and the DNO’s
Distribution System.
(b) On distribution or transmission lines or substations or other facilities which
join the Connection Point to the remainder of the DNO’s Distribution
System or the National Electricity Transmission System
(c) At or between points on the DNO’s Distribution System remote from the
Connection Point.
DPC1.5 The time required for the planning and development of the DNO’s Distribution
System and any consequential requirement of the DNO’s interface with the
National Electricity Transmission System will depend on the type and extent of
the necessary reinforcement and/or extension work, the need or otherwise to obtain
statutory or other consents by all parties, the associated possibility for a public
inquiry and the degree of complexity in undertaking the new work whilst
maintaining satisfactory security and quality of supply on the DNO’s Distribution
Page 46 of 209
04 March 2024
System. The Distribution Licence imposes appropriate timescales on the exchange
of information between the DNO and Users.
DPC1.6 Planning Data
DPC1.6.1 Standard Planning Data
Standard Planning Data is that data first to be provided by a User at the time of
an application for a Connection Agreement. It comprises data, which is expected
normally to be sufficient for the DNO to investigate the impact on the DNO’s
Distribution System of any User Development associated with an application by
the User for a Connection Agreement. The DNO will inform Users where more
detailed information is required.
DPC1.6.2 Detailed Planning Data
Detailed Planning Data comprises additional, more detailed, data not normally
expected to be required by the DNO to investigate the impact on the DNO’s
Distribution System of any User Development associated with an application by
the User for a Connection Agreement.
The User may, however, be required by the DNO to provide the Detailed Planning
Data before the DNO can make an offer for a Connection Agreement. The DNO
shall only request Detailed Planning Data where it considers the provision of such
data to be necessary and in such cases the DNO shall specify which elements of
Detailed Planning Data are required.
DPC1.6.3 Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data requirements are specified
for different User Developments of different types in DPC5 and DPC7 of this
Distribution Planning and Connection Code and summarised in the Distribution
Data Registration Code.
DPC1.6.4 Estimated Data
Where data is not available at the feasibility stage or preliminary stage of a User
Development then the User may provide a reasonable estimate of the data to be
requested by the DNO and in such cases the data shall be identified as estimated
data by the User. Estimated data supplied by Users in pursuance of this
Distribution Planning and Connection Code should, where practicable, be
replaced by actual validated values prior to connection.
DPC1.6.5 Assumed Data
Where data is not available or has not been provided by the User at the feasibility
stage or preliminary stage of a User Development then the DNO may make
reasonable assumptions of the data required for assessment of the User
Development and in such cases the User shall be notified of the assumed values
adopted. Where the DNO has notified the User that assumed data has been adopted
by the DNO in pursuance of this Distribution Planning and Connection Code
then the User should, where practicable provide actual validated values to replace
the assumed values prior to connection.
Page 47 of 209
04 March 2024
DPC1.7 Status of Planning Data
It is in the interests of all Users to initiate early discussion with the DNO regarding
any proposed User Development, which may have an impact on the DNO’s
For the purposes of this Distribution Planning and Connection Code it is

considered that development will consist of four stages: -
(a) Feasibility Project Stage
At this optional stage the User will be considering a User Development. The
DNO will be pleased to conduct a short meeting to discuss the User’s
requirements and provide guidance on the likely implications for the DNO’s
If at this stage the User requires further information then the DNO will request
Standard Planning Data from the User and provide a feasibility assessment
identifying items of significant cost to the extent permitted by the information
provided by the User. In accordance with the DNO’s Statement of Charges a
charge will be payable by any potential User for such an assessment.
At the feasibility project stage a number of iterative studies may be carried out
by the DNO at the request of the User (or by the User) to identify opportunities
for connection and corresponding costs and technical issues. The Feasibility
Project Data requested by the DNO from the User to carry out these feasibility
studies may include both Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data
depending on the complexity of the assessment studies required to be carried out
by the DNO.
(b) Preliminary Project Stage
At this stage the User will have submitted an application for a Connection
Agreement. The Preliminary Project Planning Data requested by the DNO
from the User for assessing the connection and costs may include both Standard
Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data.
c) Committed Project Stage
At this stage a Connection Agreement will have been established. The

Committed Project Planning Data on which the Connection Agreement is
based may include both Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data.
(d) Registered Project Stage
At this stage the connection will be physically established. The Registered Data
for the connection shall include replacements for estimated and assumed values,
where practicable, using validated actual values and updated forecasts for future
data items.
DPC1.8 Reference is made in the Distribution Planning and Connection Code to the
DNO supplying information or advice to Users. For the avoidance of doubt, unless
the context otherwise requires, such information or advice will be furnished by the
Page 48 of 209
04 March 2024
DNO upon request by the User (whether during the application for connection
process or otherwise).
DPC1.9 The provisions of the Distribution Planning and Connection Code shall, subject
to DPC1.8, be applicable to:
(a) All existing connections as at the date of commencement of DNO’s

Distribution Licence.
(b) All new or modified connections thereafter.
DPC1.10 In considering the approval of existing connections at the date of commencement

of its Distribution Licence, the DNO shall have regard to the fact that previous
changes in technical and design standards have not been applied retrospectively in
every case, and the DNO shall not seek, under the terms of these Distribution
Planning and Connection Code Conditions, to impose retrospective changes
where these had not been required in the past, except where the DNO can
reasonably demonstrate that significant change has occurred to conditions which
existed when the matter was previously considered by the DNO or its
predecessors.
Page 49 of 209
04 March 2024
DPC2 OBJECTIVES
The objectives of the Distribution Planning and Connection Code are to:-
(a) Enable the DNO’s Distribution System to be planned, designed and

constructed to operate economically, securely and safely.
(b) Facilitate the use of the DNO’s Distribution System by others and to specify
a standard of supply to be provided.
(c) Establish technical conditions which facilitate the interfacing of Systems at
points of entry to and exit from the DNO’s Distribution System.
(d) Formalise the exchange of System planning data.
(e) Provide sufficient information for a User to assess opportunities for connection
and to plan and develop his System such as to be compatible with the DNO’s
Page 50 of 209
04 March 2024
DPC3 SCOPE
DPC3.1 The Distribution Planning and Connection Code specifies the planning, design
and connection requirements for Distribution Systems owned by the DNO and for
connections to those Systems.
DPC3.2 The Users to whom the Distribution Planning and Connection Code applies are
those who use or intend to use the DNO’s Distribution System and comprise the
following:-
(a) Embedded Generators.

(b) Suppliers.
(c) Customers including those with Unmetered Supplies who are connected to
(d) Other Authorised Distributors connected to the DNO’s Distribution
System.
(e) Meter Operators which perform services in respect of Equipment connected
to the DNO’s Distribution System.
Page 51 of 209
04 March 2024
DPC4 DESIGN PRINCIPLES AND STANDARDS
DPC4.1 Introduction
DPC4.1.1 Planning criteria are based on the requirement to comply with statutory
requirements, Distribution Licence conditions and other obligations placed on the
DNO and Users.
DPC4.1.2 The DNO has a duty to develop and maintain an efficient, secure and co-ordinated
System of electricity supply that is both economical and safe.
DPC4.1.3 DPC4 sets out current principles and standards to be applied in the design of the
DNO’s Distribution System and any User connections to that System. Each
scheme for reinforcement or modification of the DNO’s Distribution System is
individually designed in the light of economic and technical features associated
with the particular System limitations under consideration.
DPC4.1.4 Nothing in DPC4 is intended to inhibit design innovation. DPC4 is, therefore,
based upon the performance requirements of the DNO’s Distribution System
necessary to meet the above criteria.
DPC4.1.5 The technical and design criteria applied in the planning and development of the
DNO’s Distribution System are listed in Annex 1 to the Distribution Code.
These standards may be subject to revision from time to time in accordance with
the provision of the Distribution Licence.
DPC4.2 Standard of Supply
DPC4.2.1 Security
In accordance with the Condition 24 of the Distribution Licence, DNOs shall plan
and develop their DNO’s Distribution Systems to a standard not less than that set
out in Engineering Recommendation P2 – “Security of Supply” or such other
standard of planning as DNOs may, with the approval of the Authority, adopt from
time to time. The current version of Engineering Recommendation P2 approved by
the Authority as set out in DGD Annex 1 Item 3.
In accordance with the Distribution Licence Scottish Hydro Electric Power

Distribution Ltd shall plan and develop its DNO’s Distribution System in Scotland
to a standard set out in PO-PS-037. Engineering Recommendation P2/6 – “Security
of Supply” has been modified by Scottish Hydro Electric Power Distribution Ltd as
PO-PS-037 and this is accepted by the Authority.
DPC4.2.2 Frequency and Voltage
DPC4.2.2.1 The DNO’s Distribution System and any User connections to that System shall
be designed to enable the Normal Operating Frequency and voltages supplied to
Customers to comply with the ESQCR.
DPC4.2.2.2 The Frequency of the DNO’s Distribution System shall be nominally 50 Hz and
shall normally be controlled within the limits of 49.5 - 50.5 Hz in accordance with
principles outlined in the ESQCR.
Page 52 of 209
04 March 2024
DPC4.2.2.3 In exceptional circumstances, System Frequency could rise to values of the order
of 52 Hz or fall to values of the order of 47 Hz. Sustained operation outwith the
range 47 - 52 Hz is not taken into account in the design of Plant and Apparatus.
DPC4.2.2.4 Any extension or connection to the DNO’s Distribution System shall be designed
in such a way that it does not adversely affect the voltage control employed on the
DNO’s Distribution System. Information on the voltage regulation and control
arrangements will be made available by the DNO if requested by the User.
DPC4.2.3 Voltage Disturbances and Harmonic Distortion
DPC4.2.3.1 General
Under fault and circuit switching conditions the rated Frequency component of
voltage may fall or rise transiently. The fall or rise in voltage will be affected by
the method of earthing of the neutral point of the DNO’s Distribution System and
voltage may fall transiently to zero at the point of fault. BS EN 50160:2010
‘Voltage Characteristics of Electricity Supplied by Public Distribution Systems’, as
amended from time to time, contains additional details of the variations and
disturbances to the voltage which shall be taken into account in selecting
Equipment from an appropriate specification for installation on or connected to the
System.
DPC4.2.3.2 Voltage Disturbances
Distortion of the System voltage waveform, caused by certain types of Equipment,
may result in annoyance to Users of the DNO’s Distribution System or damage to
connected Apparatus. In order to limit these effects the following shall apply to
Users’ loads connected to the DNO’s Distribution System:-
(a) Voltage fluctuations shall comply with the limits and applicable requirements
for assessment and measurement set out in DGD Annex 1, Item 6 Engineering
Recommendation P28 Issue 2, “Voltage fluctuations and the connection of
disturbing equipment to transmission systems and distribution networks in
the United Kingdom”.
(b) The harmonic content of a load shall comply with the limits set out in DGD
Annex 1, Item 1 Engineering Recommendation G5 Issue 5, “Harmonic
voltage distortion and the connection of harmonic sources and/or resonant
plant to transmission systems and distribution networks in the United
Kingdom”.
(c) Phase (Voltage) Unbalance shall comply with the levels laid down in DGD
Annex 1, Item 7 Engineering Recommendation P29, “Planning limits for
voltage unbalance in the United Kingdom for 132kV and below”.
(d) Traction supplies shall comply as appropriate with the requirements of DGD
Annex 1, Item 5. Engineering Recommendation P24 “A.C. traction supplies
to British Rail”.
Under certain circumstances the DNO may agree to other limits or levels.
DPC4.2.3.3 Voltage Step Changes

For voltage step changes caused by the connection and disconnection of User’s
Equipment or Customer’s Demand to the DNO’s Distribution System, a
general limit of ±3% applies in accordance with Engineering Recommendation P28
Issue 2.
Page 53 of 209
04 March 2024
For very infrequent events that result in rapid voltage change type characteristics,
such as when complete sites including a significant presence of transformers are
energised as a result of post fault switching, post maintenance switching, or
carrying out commissioning tests on the DNO’s Distribution System or on Users’
Systems, it will generally be acceptable to design to an expected depression of
around ±10%, recognizing that a worst case energization might cause a larger
depression, on the basis that such events are considered to be rare and it is difficult
to predict the exact depression because of the point on wave switching uncertainty.
DPC4.2.4 Auto-reclosing and Single Phase Protection Operation
In connecting to the DNO’s Distribution System the User should be aware that
auto-reclosing or sequential switching features may be in use on the DNO’s
Distribution System. The DNO will on request provide details of the auto-
reclosing or sequential switching features in order that the User may take this into
account in the design of the User System, including Protection arrangements.
Users should be aware that the Protection arrangements on some Distribution

Systems may cause disconnection of one phase or two phases only of a three phase
supply for certain types of fault.
DPC4.3 Design Principles
This section sets out design principles for Users (excluding Generators, the OTSO
and Users with Unmetered Supply), connected at Low Voltage and having single
phase or three phase supplies protected by fuse(s) or other device(s) rated at 100
amps or less.
DPC4.3.1 Any User’s installation which complies with the provisions of the Requirements of
Electrical Installations BS 7671 as amended from time to time, shall be deemed to
comply with the requirements of the Distribution Code as regards design and
safety.
DPC4.3.2 On the request of a User the DNO will provide such information, as may be
reasonably required, on the design and other characteristics of the DNO’s
Guidance on the short circuit characteristics of the Low Voltage System and
associated supplies is provided in Electricity Supply Industry (ESI) engineering
publications, including Item 5 in Annex 2 - Engineering Recommendation P25,
“The short-circuit characteristics of single-phase and three-phase low voltage
distribution networks”.
Design practice for protective multiple earthing is detailed in the Electricity

Supply Industry engineering publications (including Item 4 in Annex 2
Engineering Recommendation G12/4, “Application of protective multiple earthing
to low voltage networks”) and in the references contained in those publications.
The DNO’s information requirements are detailed in DPC5.2.1.
Page 54 of 209
04 March 2024
DPC4.4 Design Principles for all other Users not included in DPC4.3
DPC4.4.1 Specification of Equipment, Overhead Lines and Underground Cables
(a) The principles of design, manufacture, testing and installation of distribution

Equipment, overhead lines and underground cables, including quality
requirements, shall conform to applicable statutory obligations and shall
comply with relevant CENELEC standards, IEC publications, European and
British Standards. Further advice will be made available upon request to the
DNO.
(b) The documents specified in paragraph (a) contain options for purchaser
selection which together with other requirements that are necessary to meet
System design needs, shall be specified so as to provide performances and
ratings in line with Electricity Supply Industry (ESI) Technical
Specifications (some of which are published as Electricity Supply Industry
(ESI) Standards), British Electricity Board Specifications, Engineering
Recommendations and Area Chief Engineers (ACE) Reports and Engineering
Technical Reports and Electricity Supply Industry (ESI) documents as listed
in Annex 1 of the Distribution Code or such other specifications as the DNO
may adopt from time to time by agreement with the Authority.
(c) The specifications of Equipment, overhead lines and cables shall be such as
to permit Operation of the DNO’s Distribution System within the Safety
Management System of the DNO, details of which will be made available by
the DNO upon request.
(d) Equipment shall be suitable for use at the operating Frequency, within the
intended operating voltage range and at the design short-circuit rating of the
DNO’s Distribution System to which it is connected having due regard to
fault carrying capabilities and making and breaking duties. In appropriate
circumstances, details of the System to which connection is to be made will be
provided by the DNO. Guidance on the short circuit characteristics of the three
phase Low Voltage System and associated supplies is provided in Electricity
Supply Industry (ESI) engineering publications, including Item 5 in DGD
Annex 2 Engineering Recommendation P25 “The short-circuit characteristics
of single-phase and three-phase low voltage distribution networks”.
(e) Connections to the DNO’s Distribution System operating at 22kV or above
will be subject to the requirements of Annex 2 item 6 (EREC P18).
(f) Cables, overhead lines transformers and other Equipment shall be operated
within the thermal rating conditions contained in the appropriate standards,
specifications, and other relevant publications, taking into account the intended
use. Such information will be made available by the DNO upon request.
(g) The standards, publications and specifications referred to in paragraphs (a) to
(f) above are such standards, publications and specifications current at the time
that the Plant and/or Apparatus was manufactured (and not commissioned) in
the case of Plant and/or Apparatus on the Total System, or awaiting use or
re-use. If any such Plant/Apparatus is subsequently moved to a new location
or used in a different way, or for a different purpose, or is otherwise modified
then such standards, publications and specifications current at the time that the
Plant and/or Apparatus was manufactured (and not commissioned) will apply
provided that in applying such standards, publications and specifications the
Plant and/or Apparatus is reasonably fit for its intended purpose having due
Page 55 of 209
04 March 2024
regard to the obligations of the DNO and the User under their respective
licences.
DPC4.4.2 Earthing
(a) The arrangements for connecting the DNO’s Distribution System with earth
shall be designed to comply with the requirements of the ESQCR and relevant
European and British Standards. Guidance as to the design of earthing systems
is contained in Electricity Supply Industry (ESI) engineering publications,
including Items 8, and 9 in DGD Annex 2 Technical Specification 41-24,
“Guidance for the design, installation, testing and maintenance of main
earthing systems in substations” and Engineering Recommendation S34, “A
guide for assessing the rise of earth potential at substation sites”. Additional
requirements associated with Power Generating Modules are given in DPC7
for generation connected before 27 April 2019 and in EREC G99 for generation
connected on or after 27 April 2019.
(b) The method of earthing of the DNO’s Distribution System, for example,
whether it is connected solidly to earth or through an impedance, shall be
advised by the DNO. The specification of associated Equipment shall meet
the voltages which will be imposed on the Equipment as a result of the method
of earthing.
(c) Design practice for protective multiple earthing is detailed in the Electricity
Supply Industry (ESI)engineering publications including Item 4 DGD Annex
2 Engineering Recommendation G12/4, “Application of protective multiple
earthing to low voltage networks”, and in the references contained in those
publications.
(d) Users shall take precautions to limit the occurrence and effects of circulating
currents in respect of the neutral points of any interconnected system (eg where
there is more than one source of energy.)
DPC4.4.3 Voltage Regulation and Control
Any extension or connection to the DNO’s Distribution System shall be designed

in such a way that it does not adversely affect the voltage control employed by the
DNO’s Distribution System. Information on the voltage regulation and control
arrangements will be made available by the DNO if requested by the User.
DPC4.4.4 Protection
(a) The DNO’s Distribution System and the System of any User connected to
the DNO’s Distribution System shall incorporate protective devices in
accordance with the requirements of the ESQCR.
(b) In order to ensure satisfactory operation of the DNO’s Distribution System,
Protection systems, operating times, discrimination, and sensitivity across the
Ownership Boundary, as well as testing and maintenance regimes, shall be
agreed between the DNO and the User during the application for connection
process, and may be reviewed from time to time by the DNO, with the
concurrence of the User.
(c) In order to cover a circuit breaker, or Equipment having a similar function,
failing to operate correctly to interrupt fault current on a HV System, back-up
protection by operation of other circuit breakers or Equipment having a similar
function must normally be provided. The DNO will advise the User if the
Page 56 of 209
04 March 2024
same is not required. If the Equipment providing the back-up protection is
owned by the DNO, then this Protection may be limited to that needed to meet
statutory requirements in respect of the DNO’s Distribution System.
(d) Unless the DNO should advise otherwise, it is not acceptable for Users to limit
the fault current infeed to the DNO’s Distribution System by the use of
Protection and associated Equipment if the failure of that Protection and
associated Equipment to operate as intended in the event of a fault, could cause
Equipment owned by the DNO to operate outside its short-circuit rating.
DPC4.4.5 Superimposed Signals
Where Users install mains borne signalling equipment it shall comply with BS
EN50065 as amended from time to time. Where a User proposes to use such
equipment to superimpose signals on the DNO’s Distribution System, the prior
agreement of the DNO is required.
DPC4.5 Network Statements
DPC4.5.1 In accordance with Condition 4 of its Distribution Licence the DNO, on the
request of a User, will prepare a statement showing present and future circuit
capacity, forecast power flows and loading on the part or parts of the DNO’s
Distribution System specified in the request and Fault Levels at each distribution
node covered by the request and containing:
a) such further information as shall be reasonably necessary to enable such

person to identify and evaluate the opportunities available when connecting
to and making use of the part or parts of the licensee’s distribution system
specified in the request ;and
b) if so requested, a commentary prepared by the licensee indicating the

licensee’s views as to the suitability of the part or parts of the licensee’s
distribution system specified in the request for new connections and the
distribution of further quantities of electricity..
The Distribution Licence sets out conditions on the time scales and charges
associated with providing such a statement
DPC4.5.2 In accordance with Condition 25 of its Distribution Licence the DNO will prepare
on the request of the Authority a statement, also known as the Long Term
Development Statement. The form and content of this statement will be specified
by the Authority and will cover future years on a rolling basis. This statement
gives information to assist any person who contemplates entering into distribution
arrangements with the DNO to identify and evaluate the opportunities for doing so.
Page 57 of 209
04 March 2024
DPC5 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONNECTION
DPC5.1 Introduction
DPC5.1.1 Distribution Planning and Connection Code (DPC5) ensures that all Users of the
DNO’s Distribution System are subject to the same requirements for connection.
DPC5.1.2 Data exchange requirements specified in this Distribution Planning and

Connection Code apply to any User Development, which has an impact on the
DPC5.1.3 DPC5.2.2 specifies the information required from Users by the DNO in order to
ensure that adequate technical provision is made for new supplies or increases in
existing load; DPC5.2.2 also applies to Embedded Generators who operate in
parallel with the DNO’s Distribution System, where a supply is required from the
DNO under normal or emergency conditions. Information required from
Embedded Generators, with connections at HV or Low Voltage, in respect of the
import of energy to the DNO’s Distribution System, is covered in DPC7 for
generation connected before 27 April 2019 and in EREC G99 for generation
connected on or after 27 April 2019. Transfer of Planning Data for Users connected
at HV is set out in DPC 8.
DPC5.2 Declaration of Load Characteristics
DPC5.2.1 For supplies at Low Voltage under terms in the Supply Agreement it is possible
in most cases to assess whether a proposed connection is acceptable, and to
determine the necessary supply arrangements, from analysis of the following
limited data:-
(a) Maximum power requirements (kVA or kW);

(b) Type and electrical loading of Equipment to be connected, eg number and size
of motors, cookers, showers, space and water electrical heating arrangements,
including details of equipment which is subject to switching by the Supplier;
and
(c) The date when the connection is required.
These requirements will be specified on the appropriate application for a connection
form obtainable from the DNO.
Should a preliminary examination of this data indicate that more detailed

information is required then it shall be provided to the DNO upon request if
reasonably required.
Users, shall contact the DNO in advance if it is proposed to make any significant
change to the connection, electric lines or electrical Equipment, install or operate
any generating equipment or do anything else that could affect the DNO’s
Distribution System or require alterations to the connection.
Users shall provide the DNO with any information it asks for about the nature, or
use by the User, of electrical equipment on the User’s premises (including that
specified in DPC5.2.1 (a), (b), and (c) above). The DNO will only ask for
Page 58 of 209
04 March 2024
information that is needed by it in relation to its Distribution Licence or the
Distribution Code or to comply with the ESQCR or the Act.
DPC5.2.2 The provisions of DPC5.2.1 also apply to supplies other than those at Low Voltage.
It may be necessary for the following more comprehensive information, in addition
to that detailed in DPC5.2.1, to be provided on request:-
DPC5.2.2.1 Standard Planning Data
It is possible in most cases to assess whether a proposed connection is acceptable,

and to determine the necessary supply arrangements, from analysis of the following
limited Planning Data which will be specified on the appropriate standard
application form obtainable from the DNO:
(a) Point of Connection to the DNO’s Distribution System (geographical and

electrical).
(b) The date when connection is required.
(c) Single line diagrams of existing and proposed arrangements of main Plant and
Apparatus showing equipment rating.
(d) Type and electrical loading of equipment to be connected, eg number and size
of motors, electrical heating arrangements, etc.
(e) Maximum power requirements MVA.
(f) Maximum Active Power Demand (MW).
(g) Maximum and minimum Reactive Power requirements (MVAr).
(h) The maximum Phase (Voltage) Unbalance which the User would expect the
Demand to impose on the DNO’s Distribution System.
(i) The maximum harmonic content which will be imposed on the DNO’s
(j) Details of change of Demand (Active Power and Reactive Power).
(k) Details of any load management scheme to be applied by the User on the User
System.
(l) Peak Demand profiles at the Exit Point, both 2 hourly on day of User’s Peak
Demand and monthly Peak Demand variations.
(m) Three phase short circuit infeed from all sources within the User’s System,
based on Power Generating Module sub-transient reactance and the minimum
zero phase sequence impedance of the User’s System.
(n) Standard load profiles
Should a preliminary examination of this data indicate that more detailed
information is required then it shall be provided to the DNO on request.
DPC5.2.2.2 Detailed Planning Data
It may be necessary for the User in addition to that in DPC5.2.2.1, to provide the
following more comprehensive Detailed Planning Data on request.
Page 59 of 209
04 March 2024
In relation to Demand:
(a) Type of load and control arrangements (eg controlled rectifier or large motor
drives and type of starter employed).
(b) Maximum load on each phase at the time of Peak Demand
(c) Demand profiles (48 x half hour average estimates) for Active and Reactive
Power Demand for the day of the Exit Point Peak Demand and for the day of
the National Electricity Transmission System Peak Demand at Annual
Average Cold Spell (ACS) Conditions.
In relation to fluctuating loads:-
(a) The rates of change of Demand (Active Power and Reactive Power) both
increasing and decreasing.
(b) The shortest repetitive time interval between fluctuations in Demand (Active
Power and Reactive Power).
(c) The magnitude of the largest step changes in Active Power and Reactive
Power, both increasing and decreasing.
In some cases, more detailed information may need to be provided to permit a full
assessment of the effect of the User’s load on the DNO’s Distribution System.
Such information may include an indication of the pattern of build up of load and a
proposed commissioning programme. This information will be specifically
requested by the DNO when necessary.
DPC5.2.3 A DNO is only entitled to use any information provided by a User under this
Distribution Code for the purpose of fulfilling its obligations in respect of its
Distribution System required by the Distribution Licence or the Distribution
Code, including operating the procedures for Load Managed Areas and associated
Security Restriction Notices specified in the Distribution Use of System
Agreement.
DPC5.3 Connection Arrangements
DPC5.3.1 The design of connections between the DNO’s Distribution System and Users
shall be in accordance with the principles set out in DPC4, subject to any
modification to which the DNO may reasonably consent.
DPC5.3.2 During the application for connection process the DNO will agree with the User
the voltage level to which a User will be connected in accordance with its normal
practice for the type of load to be supplied. The DNO may on occasion specify a
different connection voltage from normal in order to avoid potential disturbance
caused by the User’s Apparatus to other Users of the DNO’s Distribution System
or for other technical reasons or may agree alternative methods for minimising the
effects of disturbing loads.
DPC5.3.3 Before entering into a Connection Agreement and before making a connection to
a User at a Connection Point, it will be necessary for the DNO to be reasonably
satisfied that the User’s System at the boundary with the DNO’s Distribution
System will comply with all appropriate requirements of the Distribution Code.
DPC5.3.4 The User’s installation shall comply with the principles expected in Regulation
25(2)(a) of the ESQCR, or relevant European and British Standard as appropriate.
Page 60 of 209
04 March 2024
DPC5.4 Ownership Boundaries
DPC5.4.1 The point or points at which supply is given or taken between the DNO’s
Distribution System and Users will be agreed between the DNO and the User as
required. For supplies at Low Voltage the general rule is that the point of supply
will be at the outgoing (ie User’s side) terminals of the item of DNO or Meter
Operator owned Apparatus where the transition is made to the User’s tails or
other User owned Apparatus. For HV supplies, including connections between
the DNO and User, and where necessary busbar connected supplies at Low
Voltage, the points of supply will be subject to specific agreement between the
parties in each case.
DPC5.4.2 The respective ownership of Plant or Apparatus will be recorded in a written

agreement between the DNO and the User as required. In the absence of a separate
agreement between the parties to the contrary, construction, commissioning,
control, operation and maintenance responsibilities follow ownership.
DPC5.4.3 For supplies to Embedded Generators who operate in parallel with the DNO’s
Distribution System and all supplies at HV the DNO will with the User’s
agreement prepare a Site Responsibility Schedule and, where determined by the
DNO during the application for connection process, Operation Diagrams showing
the agreed Ownership Boundary.
The Site Responsibility Schedule shall detail the demarcation of responsibility for
safety of persons carrying out work or testing at sites having a Connection Point to
the DNO’s Distribution System and/or circuits which cross an Ownership
Boundary at any point.
More detailed information on procedures and responsibilities involved in the

provision of safety at interfaces between the DNO’s Distribution System and a
User’s System is set out in Distribution Operating Code DOC8.
Copies of these documents will be retained by the DNO and the User. Changes in
the boundary arrangements proposed by either party must be agreed in advance and
will be recorded on the DNO Operation Diagrams.
Page 61 of 209
04 March 2024
DPC6 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONNECTIONS
DPC6.1 Introduction
Distribution Planning and Connection Code DPC6 specifies the technical

arrangements required at the Ownership Boundary between the DNO’s
Distribution System and the System of the User and is applicable at all voltage
levels, but excludes Users (including those with Unmetered Supplies) connected
at Low Voltage, without Generation, and protected by fuse(s) or other device(s)
rated at 100 amps or less.
DPC6.2 Equipment at the Ownership Boundary
All Equipment at the Ownership Boundary shall meet the design principles
contained within DPC4.4.1. Except in the case of the boundary between the DNO
and an Other Authorised Distributor, connections for entry to and exit from the
DNO’s Distribution System shall incorporate a means of disconnection of the
User’s installation by the DNO. For the avoidance of doubt, this exemption does
not apply at the interface between DNO’s Distribution System and a multiple
occupancy Customer premise.
DPC6.3 Protection Requirements
Protection requirements vary widely depending on established practices and the

needs of the particular DNO’s Distribution System. The basic requirement in all
cases is that Users’ arrangements for Protection at the Ownership Boundary,
including types of Equipment and Protection settings, must be compatible with
standards and practices on the DNO’s Distribution System, maintaining necessary
operating times, sensitivity, discrimination and co-ordination, as specified by the
DNO during the application for connection process and which may be reviewed
from time to time and complied with by the User.
In particular:-
(a) Maximum fault clearance times (from fault current inception to arc extinction)
must be within the limits established by the DNO in accordance with
Protection and Equipment short circuit rating policy adopted for the DNO’s
(b) In connecting to the DNO’s Distribution System the User should be aware
that auto-reclosing or sequential switching features may be in use on the
DNO’s Distribution System. The DNO will on request provide details of the
auto-reclosing or sequential switching features in order that the User may take
this into account in the design of the User System, including Protection
arrangements.
(c) Users should also be aware that the Protection arrangements on some DNO’s
Distribution Systems may cause disconnection of one phase or two phases
only of a three phase supply for certain types of fault.
DPC6.4 Earthing
Earthing of that part of the User’s System that is connected to the DNO’s
Distribution System shall comply with the arrangements specified in DPC4.
Page 62 of 209
04 March 2024
DPC6.5 Fault Level Considerations
DPC6.5.1 The short circuit rating of User’s Equipment at the Connection Point should be
not less than the design Fault Level of the DNO’s Distribution System to which
it is connected. The choice of Equipmentfor connection at Low Voltage may take
into account attenuation in the service lines as specified in DGD Annex 2, Item 5,
Engineering Recommendation P25, “The short-circuit characteristics of single-
phase and three-phase low voltage distribution networks”. The DNOin the design
of its System will take into account the contribution to Fault Level of the User’s
connected System and Apparatus.
DPC6.5.2 In order to permit these assessments to be carried out information should be

exchanged on prospective fault power infeed and X/R ratios where appropriate at
points of entry to and exit from the DNO’s Distribution System.
DPC6.6 Capacitive and Inductive Effects
The User shall, when applying to make a connection, provide the DNO with
information as detailed in DPC8. Details will be required of capacitor banks and
reactors connected at HV which could affect the DNO’s Distribution System and
which it is proposed to connect if agreed by the DNO. When requested by the DNO
details shall also be provided of distributed circuit capacitance and inductance.
Sufficient detail is required for the following:-
(a) To verify that controlling Equipment of the DNO’s Distribution System is

suitably rated.
(b) To show that the performance of the DNO’s Distribution System will not be
impaired.
(c) To ensure that arc suppression coils when used by the DNO for System
earthing purposes are correctly installed and operated.
DPC6.7 Communications and Telemetry Equipment
DPC6.7.1 Where required by the DNO in order to ensure control of the DNO’s Distribution
System, communications between Users and the DNO shall be established in
accordance with the following. Users shall provide and maintain those parts of the
communications equipment within their installations. Provision of any necessary
communications requirements shall be in accordance with the Connection
Agreement for a specific connection.
DPC6.7.2 Where Users are Restoration Contractors, the User’s facilities referred to in this
DPC6.7 shall be provided by the User with resilient back up power sources that
will allow all communication and telemetry Equipment that is required to
discharge the Distribution Restoration Contract to operate for at least 72 hours
following the start of a Total Shutdown or Partial Shutdown.
DPC6.7.3 All Users who are Restoration Contractors shall ensure that all their
communication and telemetry Apparatus is cyber secure. In particular
Restoration Contractors must ensure that all the communications between the
DNO’s telemetry outstation, or the DNO’s other terminal Apparatus, and the
Restoration Contractor’s Apparatus are also resilient to mains power loss for at
least 72 hours. The communication Apparatus shall always include the facility for
resilient voice communication.
Page 63 of 209
04 March 2024
DPC6.7.4 Primary Speech Facility
Users at their own cost shall provide and maintain Apparatus approved by the
DNO by means of which routine and emergency communications may be
established between the User and the DNO.
Connection to the DNO’s corporate telephone network and any circuit or circuits
required to connect the Users with the point of connections shall be provided in
accordance with the Connection Agreement.
The facilities to be provided by the connection and the signalling and logical
requirements for the interface between the User’s Apparatus and the connection
to the DNO’s corporate telephone network will be specified in the Connection
Agreement.
DPC6.7.5 Telemetry
The User shall provide such voltage, current, frequency, Active Power and
Reactive Power pulses and outputs and status points from his System as are
considered reasonable by the DNO to ensure adequate System monitoring. The
telemetry outstation in such a situation will be provided, installed and maintained
by the DNO. Restoration Contractors shall provide additional telemetry
information as required by their Distribution Restoration Contract.
DPC6.7.6 Telecontrol Outstation
If it is agreed between the parties that the DNO shall control the switchgear on the
User’s System, the DNO shall install the necessary telecontrol outstation.
Notwithstanding the above, it shall be the responsibility of the User to provide the
necessary control interface for the switchgear of the User which is to be controlled.
DPC6.7.7 Instructor Facilities
Where required by the DNO, the User shall provide accommodation for special
instructor facilities specified by DNO for the receipt of operational messages.
DPC6.7.8 Data Entry Terminals
The User shall accommodate the DNO’s data entry terminals for the purpose of
information exchange.
DPC6.7.9 System Monitoring
Monitoring Apparatus is provided on the DNO’s Distribution System to enable

the DNO to monitor dynamic performance conditions. Power Generating
Modules and Power Generating Facilities will need to provide signals for
monitoring purposes. Where this monitoring Apparatus requires input signals
from the User’s side of the DNO/User Ownership Boundary, the User shall be
responsible for the provision of suitable signals in accordance with the Connection
Agreement.
For Power Generating Modules commissioned on or after 27 April 2019,

additional monitoing Apparatus in accordance with Engineering Recommendation
G99, as applicable, shall be provided by the Generator.
Page 64 of 209
04 March 2024
DPC6.8 System Restoration Capability
DPC6.8.1 Two principal recovery routes from a Total Shutdown or Partial Shutdown exist,
via LJRPs, and via DRZPs. Their requirements are described in detail in DOC9.
DPC6.8.2 Each Embedded Generator shall notify the DNO if its Power Generating
Module has a restart capability without connection to an external power supply,
unless the Embedded Generator has previously notified NGESO accordingly
under the Grid Code. Such generation may be recognised by NGESO and the
DNO in the case of Anchor Power Stations for DRZPs.
DPC6.8.3 DRZPs may also include other Restoration Contractors as parties to the DRZP
in addition to Anchor Generators. All Restoration Contractors shall ensure that
all their relevant Equipment is provided with resilient back up power sources that
will allow that Equipment to operate autonomously, or be operated manually or
remotely, for at least 72 hours following the start of the Total Shutdown or Partial
Shutdown. In these cases the DNO will provide power resilient communications
to the Connection Points of all the Restoration Contractors’ sites, unless
specifically agreed otherwise.
DPC6.8.4 Restoration Contractors shall ensure that all their Equipment is secure against
cyber attack and intrusion to a level consistent with that of the Security of
Network Information System (NIS) Regulations.
DPC6.8.5 Restoration Contractors shall have the ability to switch to alternative Protection
and/or control system settings on their Equipment if they are required to do so to
be able to satisfy their obligations of a DRZP. Any alternative settings shall be
agreed with the DNO and recorded in the DRZP. Restoration Contractors shall
also have the ability to revert to the original Protection and/or control system
settings seamlessly whilst their Equipment remains in service.
DPC6.8.6 Restoration Contractors shall ensure that all their control systems essential for
managing their Equipment are sufficiently robust and capable of handling all the
alarms and other data that will be generated in high volume during System
Restoration, without any degradation of capability.
DPC6.8.7 During System Restoration, any changes to the control systems and settings of
the different control devices of the Power Generating Module shall be
coordinated and agreed between the DNO, the Restoration Contractor and
NGESO.
DPC6.8.8 Frequency control device (or speed governor) requirements during System
Restoration.
Restoration Contractors with generating Plant shall be capable of operating

their Power Generating Modules such that the Frequency control device (or
speed governor) and unit load controller or equivalent control device, can be
switched to Frequency control only, with no load influence, during the early
stages of System Restoration whilst in island operation.
Page 65 of 209
04 March 2024
DPC7 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMBEDDED GENERATORS
DPC7.1 Introduction
DPC7.1.1 In addition to meeting the requirements of this Distribution Planning and

Connection Code DPC7, Embedded Generators will need to meet the
requirements of other relevant sections of the Distribution Code. This applies to
Power Generating Modules that connected both prior to and after 27 April 2019.
DPC7.1.2 DPC7 is applicable to all Embedded Generators including a Customer With

Own Generation and Other Authorised Distributors, having Power Generating
Modules operating or capable of operating in parallel with the DNO’s Distribution
System that were commissioned on the DNO’s Distribution System prior to 27
April 2019.
DPC7.1.3 In addition Power Generating Module(s) in construction belonging to Generators

who had concluded a final and binding contract for the purchase of main generating
plant before 17 May 2018 need to comply with the rest of DPC7; they do not need
to comply with Engineering Recommendation G99. The Generator must notify
the DNO of the conclusion of this final and binding contract by 17 November 2018.
DPC7.1.4 Power Generating Modules commissioned on or after 27 April 2019, or which

have been substantially modified after that date, must meet the requirements of
Engineering Recommendation G98 or Engineering Recommendation G99 as
applicable. Such Power Generating Modules do not need to comply with the
requirements of the rest of DPC7.
DPC7.1.5 27 April 2019 is the date from which new or substantially modified Power
Generating Modules must comply with Retained EU Law (Commission
Regulation (EU) 2016/631 (the European Network Code on Requirements for
Connection of Generators)). Compliance with Engineering Recommendations G98
and G99 will ensure compliance with this European Network Code.
DPC7.2 General Requirements
DPC7.2.1 Embedded Generators commissioned prior to 27 April 2019 shall comply with
the requirements of Item 2, DGD Annex 1 Engineering Recommendation G59/3-4,
“Recommendation for the connection of generating plant to the distribution systems
of licensed distribution network operators” (or subsequent version thereof).
DPC7.2.2 Every installation or network which includes a Power Generating Module

operating in parallel with the DNO’s Distribution System must include an
Isolating Device capable of disconnecting the whole of the infeed from the DNO’s
Distribution System. This Isolating Device will normally be owned by the
Generator, but may by agreement be owned by the DNO.
DPC7.2.3 The Generator must grant the DNO rights of access to the Isolating Device
without undue delay and the DNO must have the right to isolate the Generator’s
infeed at any time should such disconnection become necessary for safety reasons
and in order to comply with statutory obligations. The Isolating Device should
normally be installed at the Connection Point, but may be positioned elsewhere
with the DNO’s agreement.
Page 66 of 209
04 March 2024
DPC7.2.4 Manual synchronizing can only be done with the specific agreement of the DNO.
DPC7.3 Provision of Information
Embedded Generators can have a significant effect on the DNO’s Distribution

System and as a result its Users. To enable the DNO to assess the impact fo an
Embedded Power Generating Module or an Embedded Transmission System
will have on the DNO’s Distribution System, the Embedded Generator will be
required to supply information to the DNO.
Embedded Generators shall provide the following minimum information to the

DNO during the connection application process or otherwise as requested by the
DNO:-
Relevant Sections:
(a) Power Station and site data for all Embedded DPC7.3.1 and
Generators excluding the OTSO. Schedule 5a of
the DDRC
(b) Power Generating Module data for all Embedded DPC7.3.2 and
Power Generating Module Schedule 5b of
the DDRC
(c) Power Generating Module data for specified types of DPC7.3.2 and
Embedded Power Generating Modules Schedules 5c
5c(i) Synchronous generators of the DDRC
5c(ii) Fixed speed induction generators

5c(iii) Double fed induction generators
5c(iv) Converter connected generators
5c(v) Transformers
(d) Power Generating Module data for Embedded DPC7.3.3 and

Medium Power Stations Schedules 5c
of the DDRC
(e) Embedded Transmission System data DPC7.3.1,
DPC7.3.2 and
DPC7.3.3 and
Schedule 5e of
DDRC
When applying for connection to the DNO’s Distribution System Embedded

Generators shall also refer to DPC5.
Page 67 of 209
04 March 2024
The DNO will use the information provided to model the DNO’s Distribution
System and to decide what method of connection will need to be employed and the
voltage level to which the connection should be made. If the DNO reasonably
concludes that the nature of the proposed connection or changes to an existing
connection requires more detailed consideration then further information may be
requested. It is unlikely that more information than that specified in DPC7.3.1 will
be required for Embedded Generators who are to be connected at Low Voltage
and have less than 50kVA in capacity, or connected at other than Low Voltage and
have less than 300kVA in capacity.
DPC7.3.1 Information Required from Embedded Generators
It will be necessary for each Embedded Generator to provide to the DNO

information on physical and electrical characteristics of the Power Generating
Facility and site as a whole as set out in Schedules 5a or 5e of the Distribution
Data Registration Code before entering into an agreement to connect any Power
Generating Module or an Embedded Transmission System onto the DNO’s
Distribution System:-
The information required includes:
(a) Details of the proposed connection point (geographical and electrical) and
connection voltage.
(b) The number and types of Power Generating Modules and the total capacity
of the Power Generating Facility and auxiliary supplies under various
operating conditions.
(c) Sketches of System Layout:

Operation Diagrams showing the electrical circuitry of the existing and
proposed main features within the User’s System and showing as appropriate
busbar arrangements, phasing arrangements, earthing arrangements, switching
facilities and operating voltages.
(d) Interface Arrangements
(i) The means of synchronisation between the DNO and User;
(ii) Details of arrangements for connecting with earth that part of the
Embedded Generator’s System directly connected to the DNO’s
(iii) The means of connection and disconnection which are to be employed.
(iv) Precautions to be taken to ensure the continuance of safe conditions
should any earthed neutral point of the Embedded Generator’s
System operated at HV become disconnected from earth.
More or less detailed information than that contained above might need to be
provided, subject to the type and size of generation or the point at which connection
is to be made to the DNO’s Distribution System. This information will need to be
provided by the Embedded Generator at the reasonable request of the DNO.
Page 68 of 209
04 March 2024
DPC7.3.2 Additional Power Generating Module and Plant and Equipment Data
Required from Embedded Generators.
The Standard Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data specified in Schedule
5b and Schedule 5c (or Schedule 5e for the OTSO) of the Distribution Data
Registration Code may be requested by the DNO from the User before entering
into an agreement to connect any Power Generating Module or Embedded
Transmission System onto the DNO’s Distribution System.
The information specified in Schedule 5b of the Distribution Data Registration

Code includes generic data for all Embedded Power Generating Modules.
The information specified in Schedule 5c of the Distribution Data Registration

Code includes the more detailed electrical parameters of individual Power
Generating Modules and associated plant such as transformers, power factor
correction equipment. The information required is classified as Standard
Planning Data and Detailed Planning Data for each of the following categories
of Embedded Power Generating Module:
(i) Synchronous generators
(ii) Fixed speed induction generators
(iii) Doubly fed induction generators
(iv) Series converter connected generators.
(v) Transformers
Under certain circumstances either more or less detailed information than that
specified above might need to be provided and will be made available by the
Embedded Generator at the request of the DNO.
DPC7.3.3 Extra Information From Embedded Generators to be Provided to Meet Grid

Code Requirements
DPC 7.3.3(a) The DNO has an obligation under PC3.3 of the Grid Code to submit certain
planning data relating to Embedded Medium Power Stations to NGESO. The
relevant data requirements of the Grid Code are also listed in PC3.3 of the Grid
Code. It is incumbent on Embedded Medium Power Stations to provide this
data listed in PC3.3 of the Grid Code to the DNO.
Where a Generator in respect of an Embedded Power Station is a party to the

CUSC this DPC 7.3.3 will not apply.
DPC7.3.3(b) In addition to supplying the DNO with details of Embedded Power Generating
Modules there is a requirement to provide information to NGESO where it has
been specifically requested by NGESO in the circumstances provided for under the
Grid Code.
Page 69 of 209
04 March 2024
DPC7.3.4 Information Provided by the DNO to Users
In accordance with Condition 12 and Condition 25 of its Distribution Licence the
DNO is required to provide certain information to Users so that they have the
opportunity to identify and evaluate opportunities to connect to the DNO’s
Distribution System as set out in DPC4.5. Comprehensive information on the
DNO’s Distribution System operating at 33kV and above is made available to
Users through the Long Term Development Statements provided under Condition
25 of the Distribution Licence. Schedule 5d of the Distribution Data
Registration Code is indicative of the type of network data the DNOs is required
to provide to Users for identifying opportunities for connection of generation at
voltages below 33kV. On the production of Schedule 5d data for a User, the DNO
will update any relevant data that would otherwise be provided from the Long Term
Development Statement.
DPC7.4 Technical Requirements
DPC7.4.1 Power Generating Module Performance Requirements
DPC7.4.1.1 The requirements of this DPC7.4.1 do not apply to Power Generating Modules
that are designed and installed for infrequent short term parallel operation only.
DPC7.4.1.2 For an Embedded Power Generating Module, which does not constitute or
contain BM Units that are active (ie submitting bid-offer data) in the Balancing
Mechanism, the electrical parameters required to be achieved at the Power
Generating Module terminals are defined according to the connection method and
will be specified by the DNO with the offer for connection. A Power Generating
Module or Power Station must be capable of supplying its Registered Capacity
within the System Frequency range 49.5 to 50.5 Hz. The output power should not
be affected by voltage changes in the permitted operating range.
DPC7.4.1.3 These Frequency operating range requirements also apply to Power Generating
Modules in Embedded Power Stations already connected on or before 1 August
2010, unless the Registered Capacity of the Embedded Power Station is below
5 MW.
DPC7.4.1.4 For the avoidance of doubt, the above requirements do not preclude disconnection
of Power Generating Modules by Protection agreed with the DNO or when
necessary to protect Plant or Apparatus from being damaged
DPC7.4.1.5 Embedded Medium Power Stations additionally have to comply with DPC 7.5.
DPC7.4.2 Control Arrangements
DPC7.4.2.1 The DNO will specify in writing if a continuously acting fast response automatic
excitation control system is required to control the Power Generating Module
voltage without instability over the entire operating range of the Power Generating
Module or Power Station. This will be dependent on the size and type of Power
Generating Module or Power Station and the adjacent part of the DNO’s
Distribution System to which it is connected.
DPC7.4.2.2 The Generator will notify, and keep notified, the DNO of the set points of the
control scheme for voltage control or Power Factor control as appropriate and
which have previously been agreed between the Generator and DNO. The
information to be provided is detailed in Schedule 5a and Schedule 5b.
Page 70 of 209
04 March 2024
DPC7.4.3 Protection Requirements
DPC7.4.3.1 Co-ordinating with Existing Protection
It will be necessary for the Protection associated with any Embedded Power
Generating Module and any Embedded Transmission System to co-ordinate
with the Protection associated with the DNO’s Distribution System as follows:-
(a) For any Power Generating Module and any Embedded Transmission
System directly connected to the DNO’s Distribution System the Embedded
Generator must meet the target clearance times for fault current interchange
with the DNO’s Distribution System in order to reduce to a minimum the
impact on the DNO’s Distribution System of faults on circuits owned by
Embedded Generators or on an Embedded Transmission System. The
DNO will ensure that the DNO Protection settings meet its own target
clearance times.
The target clearance times are measured from fault current inception to arc
extinction and will be specified by the DNO to meet the requirements of the
relevant part of the Distribution System.
(b) The settings of any Protection controlling a circuit breaker or the operating
values of any automatic switching device at any point of connection with the
DNO’s Distribution System, as well as the User’s maintenance and testing
regime, shall be agreed between the DNO and the User in writing during the
connection consultation process.
The Protection settings or operating values shall not be changed without the
express agreement of the DNO.
(c) It will be necessary for the Power Generating Module Protection and
Embedded Transmission System Protection to co-ordinate with any
auto-reclose policy specified by the DNO. In particular the Power
Generating Module Protection should detect a loss of mains situation and
disconnect the Power Generating Module in a time shorter than any auto
reclose dead time. This should include an allowance for circuit breaker
operation and generally a minimum of 0.5s should be allowed for this. For
pole mounted auto-reclosers often set with a dead time of 1s, this implies a loss
of mains response time of 0.5s. Similar response time is expected from under
and over voltage relays.
DPC7.4.3.2 Specific Protection Required for Embedded Power Generating Modules
In addition to any Protection installed by the Generator to meet his own
requirements and statutory obligations on him, the Generator must install
Protection to achieve the following objectives:
i. For all Power Generating Modules:
a. To disconnect the Power Generating Module from the System when
a System abnormality occurs that results in an unacceptable deviation of
the Frequency or voltage at the Connection Point;
b. To ensure the automatic disconnection of the Power Generating
Module, or where there is constant supervision of an installation, the
operation of an alarm with an audio and visual indication, in the event of
any failure of supplies to the protective equipment that would inhibit its
correct operation.
Page 71 of 209
04 March 2024
ii. For polyphase Power Generating Modules
a. To inhibit connection of Power Generating Modules to the System
unless all phases of the DNO’s Distribution System are present and
within the agreed ranges of Protection settings;
b. To disconnect the Power Generating Module from the System in the
event of the loss of one or more phases of the DNO’s Distribution
System;
iii. For single phase Power Generating Modules
a. To inhibit connection of Power Generating Modules to the System
unless that phase of the DNO’s Distribution System is present and
within the agreed ranges of Protection settings;
b. To disconnect the Power Generating Module from the System in the
event of the loss of that phase of the DNO’s Distribution System;
DPC7.4.3.3 Suitable Protection arrangements and settings will depend upon the particular
Generator’s installation and the requirements of the DNO’s Distribution System.
These individual requirements must be ascertained in discussions with the DNO.
To achieve the objectives above, the Protection must include the detection of:
a. Over Voltage (O/V)
b. Under Voltage (U/V)
c. Over Frequency (O/F)
d. Under Frequency (U/F)
e. Loss of Mains (LoM)
There are different Protection settings dependent upon the System voltage at which
the Power Generating Module is connected (LV or HV).
Protection settings for a larger Power Stations and any connection at 132kV must
be considered on an individual basis and be consistent with Grid Code
requirements. Loss of Mains protection will only be permitted at these sites if
sanctioned by NGESO.
For the purposes of DPC 7.4.3 the date of commissioning of a Power Generating
Module is the date on which the tests required by DPC 7.4.9 have been complete
to the DNO’s satisfaction.
Page 72 of 209
04 March 2024
DPC7.4.3.4 The required Protection settings that will generally be applied for long term
parallel operation are given in EREC G59 paragraph 10.5.7.1.
DPC7.4.3.5 The underfrequency and overfrequency Protection settings set out in EREC G59
paragraph 10.5.7.1 also apply to Power Generating Modules in an Embedded
Power Station of Registered Capacity of less than 50MW and at or above 5 MW
already existing on or before 1 August 2010, except where single stage Frequency
Protection relays are used, in which case the following settings apply.
Protection
Setting Time
Function
U/F 47.5Hz 0.5 s
O/F 51.5Hz 0.5 s
In exceptional circumstances Generators have the option to agree alternative

settings with the DNO if there are valid justifications in that the Power
Generating Module may become unstable or suffer damage with the settings
specified above. The agreed settings should be recorded in the Connection
Agreement.
DPC7.4.4 Fault Ride Through and Phase Voltage Unbalance
Any Power Generating Module or Power Station connected to the DNO’s

Distribution System, where it has been agreed between the DNO and the
Generator that the Generator’s Power Station will contribute to the DNO’s
Distribution System security, may be required to withstand, without tripping, the
effects of a close up three phase fault and the Phase (Voltage) Unbalance
imposed during the clearance of a close-up phase-to-phase fault , in both cases
cleared by the DNO’s main protection. The DNO will advise the Embedded
Generator in each case of the likely tripping time of the DNO’s protection, and for
phase-phase faults, the likely value of Phase (Voltage) Unbalance during the fault
clearance time.
In the case of phase to phase faults on the DNO’s system that are cleared by System
back-up Protection which will be within the Plant short time rating on the DNO’s
Distribution System the DNO, on request during the Connection Agreement
process, will advise the Embedded Generator of the expected Phase Voltage
Unbalance.
DPC7.4.5 System Stability
DPC7.4.5.1 The following requirements for system design within this DPC 7.4.5 will generally
be applied by the DNO to any Power Station connected at 33kV and above.
However there will be cases where the specific network conditions, including
existing connected any Power Station, requires the DNO to apply these
considerations at lower voltages.
DPC7.4.5.2 With the System in its normal operating state, it is desirable that all Power
Generating Modules remain connected and stable for any of the following
credible fault outages,
(a) any one single circuit overhead line, transformer feeder or cable circuit,
independent of length,
Page 73 of 209
04 March 2024
(b) any one transformer or reactor,
(c) any single section of busbar at or nearest the point of connection where busbar
protection with a total clearance time of less than 200ms is installed,
(d) if demand is to be secured under a second circuit outage as required by EREC
P2/8, fault outages (a) or (b), overlapping with any pre-existing first circuit
outage, usually for maintenance purposes. In this case the combination of
circuit outages considered should be that causing the most onerous conditions
for System Stability, taking account of the slowest combination of main
protection, circuit breaker operating times and strength of the connections to
the system remaining after the faulty circuit or circuits have been disconnected
DPC7.4.5.3 Any Power Generating Module that causes the System to become unstable under
fault conditions must be rapidly disconnected to reduce the risk of Plant damage
and disturbance to the System.
DPC7.4.6 Neutral Earthing
The winding configuration and method of earthing connection shall be agreed with
the DNO.
In addition, where the Generator’s Connection Point is at Low Voltage the

following shall apply
(a) Where an earthing terminal is provided by the DNO it may be used by a
Generator for earthing the Power Generating Module, provided the DNO
earth connection is of adequate capacity. If the Power Generating Module
is intended to operate independently of the DNO’s supply, the Power
Generating Module must include an earthing system which does not rely
upon the DNO’s earthing terminal. Where use of the DNO’s earthing terminal
is retained, it must be connected to the Power Generating Module earthing
system by means of a conductor at least equivalent in size to that required to
connect the DNO’s earthing terminal to the installation.
(b) Where the Power Generating Module may be operated as a switched
alternative only to the DNO’s System, the Generator shall provide an
independent earth electrode.
(c) Where it is intended to operate in parallel with the DNO’s Low Voltage
System with the star point connected to the neutral and/or earthing system,
precautions will need to be taken to limit the effects of circulating harmonic
currents. It is permissible to insert an impedance in the supply neutral of the
Power Generating Module for this purpose, for those periods when it is
paralleled with the DNO’s System. However, if the Power Generating
Module is operating in isolation from the DNO’s Distribution System it will
be necessary to have the Power Generating Module directly earthed.
(d) Where the Power Generating Module is designed to operate independently
from the DNO’s Distribution System the switchgear that is used to separate
the two Systems shall break all four poles (3 phases and neutral). This prevents
any phase or neutral current, produced by the Power Generating Module,
from flowing into the DNO’s Distribution System when it operates as a
switched alternative only supply
Page 74 of 209
04 March 2024
DPC7.4.7 Frequency Sensitive Relays
It is conceivable that a part of the DNO’s Distribution System, to which

Embedded Generators are connected can, during emergency conditions, become
detached from the rest of the System. It will be necessary for the DNO to decide,
dependent on local network conditions, if it is desirable for the Embedded
Generators to continue to generate onto the islanded DNO’s Distribution System.
If no facilities exist for the subsequent Re-Synchronisation with the rest of the
DNO’s Distribution System then the Embedded Generator will under DNO
instruction, ensure that the Power Generating Module and/or Embedded
Transmission System is disconnected for Re-Synchronisation.
DPC7.4.8 Commissioning Tests
DPC7.4.8.1 Where Power Generating Module or an Embedded Transmission System

requires connection to the DNO’s Distribution System in advance of the
commissioning date, for the purposes of testing, the Embedded Generator must
comply with the requirements of the Connection Agreement. The Embedded
Generator shall provide the DNO with a commissioning programme, approved by
the DNO if reasonable in the circumstances, to allow commissioning tests to be co-
ordinated.
DPC7.4.8.2 The Generator will demonstrate all the commissioning tests performed on his
Power Generating Module in order to discharge the requirements of the
Distribution Code and Annex 1, item 2 (ER G59/3-7 or subsequent amendment).
In general the DNO will witness these tests for Power Generating Modules
connected to the DNO’s Distribution System at HV. For Power Generating
Modules connected to the DNO’s Distribution System at Low Voltage it is
expected that the DNO will not witness the commissioning tests in the majority of
cases.
DPC7.5 Technical Requirements for Medium Power Stations
DPC7.5.1 Where a Generator in respect of an Embedded Power Station is a party to the

CUSC this DPC 7.5 will not apply.
DPC7.5.2 In addition to the requirements in DPC7.4, the DNO has an obligation under CC 3.3
of the Grid Code to ensure that all relevant Grid Code Connection Condition
requirements are met by Medium Power Stations. These requirements are
summarised in CC 3.4 of the Grid Code. It is incumbent on Medium Power
Stations to comply with the relevant Grid Code requirements listed in CC3.4 of
the Grid Code as part of compliance with this Distribution Code. Note that a DC
Converter installation of capacity greater than 50MW and less than 100MW is
considered to be a Medium Power Station for the purposes of Grid Code
compliance in this Distribution Code.
DPC7.5.3 Where data is required by NGESO from Medium Power Stations, nothing in the
Grid Code or Distribution Code precludes the Generator from providing the
information directly to NGESO in accordance with Grid Code requirements.
However, a copy of the information should always be provided in parallel to the
DNO.
DPC7.5.4 Grid Code Connection Conditions Compliance
Page 75 of 209
04 March 2024
DPC7.5.4.1 The technical designs and parameters of the Embedded Medium Power Stations
will comply with the relevant Connection Conditions of the Grid Code. A
statement to this effect, stating compliance with OC5.8 of the Grid Code is required
to be presented to the DNO, for onward transmission to NGESO, before
commissioning of the Power Station. Note that the statement might need to be
resubmitted post commissioning when assumed values etc have been confirmed.
DPC7.5.4.2 Should the Generator make any material change to such designs or parameters as
will have any effect on the statement of compliance referred to in DPC7.5.4.1, the
Generator must notify the change to the DNO, as soon as reasonably practicable,
who will in turn notify NGESO.
DPC7.5.4.3 Tests to ensure Grid Code compliance may be specified by NGESO in accordance
with the Grid Code. It is the Generator’s responsibility to carry out these tests
DPC7.5.4.4 Where NGESO can reasonably demonstrate that for Total System stability issues
the Medium Power Station should be fitted with a power system stabiliser,
NGESO will notify the DNO who will then require it to be fitted for compliance
with this DPC7.5.4.4.
Page 76 of 209
04 March 2024
GENERATOR PERFORMANCE CHART
KEY:- MW
(A) Practical
FIGURE 1
1.4
Stability Limit
(B) Rotor
Heating Limit
(C) Transformer 1.2
Tap Limit
(D) MVA Limit
LEADING LAGGING
1.0
GENERATOR
MW ......................
MVA ...................... 0.8
pf ......................
kV ...................... (term) (A) Auto (D)
Xd ......................
0.6
Page 77 of 209
TRANSFORMER (A) Manual
MVA ......................
Xt ...................... 0.4
(C) +ve (B)
UNIT TRANSFORMER
MW Load ......................
0.2
MVAr Load ......................
SYSTEM VOLTAGE
kV ................ (nominal)
(P.U. Values) -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4
MVAr L.V. Side
04 March 2024
Comments:- Operating chart confirmed by users.
DPC8 TRANSFER OF PLANNING DATA
DPC8.1 Introduction
DPC8.1.1 Distribution Planning and Connection Code DPC8 details information to be

exchanged between the DNO and Users that are connected at High Voltage
including Embedded Generators and Other Authorised Distributors.
It includes data that is necessary in order for the DNO’s Distribution System to be
developed in an efficient, co-ordinated and economic manner, and to enable the
DNO to comply with the conditions contained in its Distribution Licence.
DPC8.2 Planning Information to be Provided by Users
DPC8.2.1 Prospective and existing Users of the DNO’s Distribution System must provide
sufficient planning data/information as can reasonably be made available, when
requested by the DNO from time to time to enable the DNO to comply with the
requirements under its Distribution Licence. For those Users from whom
Demand forecasts are required under DOC1, there will be a requirement to prepare
an annual submission to the DNO. This submission, which is to be in accordance
with DOC1, should include a development plan covering at least the subsequent 3
years and, where the User holds planning data or information relating to subsequent
years up to 7 years ahead that data or information, including changes either
increasing or decreasing in Demand, transfer requirements or generating capacity
as appropriate.
DPC8.2.2 In addition to periodic updates of planning information a User should give adequate
notice of any significant changes to the User’s System or operating regime to
enable the DNO to prepare its development plan, budget for, and implement any
necessary System modifications. Such information should include any changes
either increasing or decreasing in Demand, transfer requirements or generating
capacity as appropriate. In the event of unplanned changes in a User’s System or
operating regime a User shall notify the DNO as soon as is practically possible to
ensure any contingency measures, as necessary, can be implemented by the DNO.
DPC8.2.3 The DNO has an obligation under the CUSC to submit certain planning
data/information relating toExisting Offshore Generators to NGESO. Any
Existing Offshore Generators will be required to cooperate with the DNO to
contribute to the full and timely completion of the Offshore Transmission
Implementation Plan.
DPC8.3 Information to be Provided to Users
DPC8.3.1 Where the DNO has received from a User any information or data under DPC8.3
or where the DNO proposes to make modifications to the DNO’s Distribution
System which, in either case, in the reasonable opinion of the DNO, may have an
impact upon the System of any other User, the DNO will notify that User of the
proposals subject to any constraints relating to the timing of release of information
or confidentiality provisions.
Page 78 of 209
04 March 2024
DPC8.3.2 On request from a User, the DNO will notify the User of all the data submitted by
and relating to that User that the DNO is holding and using for Distribution Code
purposes.
DPC8.4 Reactive Compensation Plant
DPC8.4.1 A User shall provide the DNO with information on any reactive compensation
Plant directly or indirectly connected to a DNO’s Distribution System, other than
at Low Voltage, including:-
(a) The MVAr capacitive or inductive rating of the Equipment and operating
range if variable;
(b) Details of any automatic control logic such that the operating characteristics
can be determined; and
(c) The point of connection to the DNO’s Distribution System.
DPC8.5 Lumped Network Susceptance
DPC8.5.1 Under certain circumstances it will be necessary for the User to provide, at the
request of the DNO, details of the equivalent lumped network susceptance at
Normal Frequency of the User’s System at nominal Frequency referred back to
the connection with the DNO’s Distribution System. This should include any
shunt reactors which are an integrated part of a cable system and which are not
normally in or out of service independent of the cable (ie they are regarded as part
of the cable).
DPC8.5.2 It should not include:-
(a) Independently switched reactive compensation plant connected to the User’s

System (covered in DPC8.4.1)
(b) Any susceptance of the User’s System inherent in the Reactive Power
Demand.
DPC8.6 Short Circuit Infeed to the DNO’s Distribution System
DPC8.6.1 Information shall be exchanged between the DNO and the User on fault infeed
levels at the point of connection with the DNO’s Distribution System in the form
of:-
(a) The maximum and minimum 3-phase symmetrical and phase earth short circuit
infeed.
(b) The X/R ratio under short circuit conditions.
(c) In the case of interconnected Systems, adequate equivalent network
information.
DPC8.7 Interconnection Impedance
DPC8.7.1 For User interconnections that operate in parallel with the DNO’s Distribution
System details of the interconnection impedance shall be exchanged between the
DNO and the User. This information shall include an equivalent single impedance
(resistance, reactance and shunt susceptance) of the parallel User or DNO’s
Page 79 of 209
04 March 2024
DPC8.8 Demand Transfer Capability
DPC8.8.1 Information shall be exchanged on Demand transfer capability where the same
Demand may be supplied from alternative DNO or User points of supply. This
shall include the proportion of Demand normally fed from each point of supply and
the arrangements (manual or automatic) for transfer under planned/fault outage
conditions.
DPC8.9 Other Authorised Distributor’s Distribution System Data
DPC8.9.1 Other Authorised Distributors shall provide the DNO with detailed data relating
to the interface between their Distribution System and that of the DNO, covering
circuit parameters, switchgear and Protection arrangements of equipment directly
connected to or affecting the Distribution System to enable the DNO to assess any
implications associated with these points of connection. Reciprocal arrangements
will apply between the DNO and its Users.
DPC8.10 Transient Overvoltage Effects
DPC8.10.1 For User’s busbars connected to the DNO’s Distribution System sufficient details
may need to be exchanged with respect to the User/DNO Ownership Boundary
to enable an assessment, where necessary, of transient overvoltage effects to be
made. This information may relate to physical and electrical layouts, parameters,
specifications and Protection details.
DPC8.11 Distribution Restoration Zone Related Information
DPC8.11.1 Information identified under this DPC8.11 must be submitted by Restoration

Contractors to the DNO as part of the establishment of a DRZP, as described in
DOC9.4.6, and subsequently annually in week 20.
DPC8.11.2 This information may also be requested by the DNO during the activation and
operation of a Distribution Restoration Zone and shall be provided by
Restoration Contractors where reasonably practicable.
DPC8.11.3 The following information must be supplied by each Restoration Contractor in

relation to each relevant item of Plant which is identified in the DRZP:
(a) From each Anchor Generator and Top Up Restoration Contractor the
estimated time by when each item of relevant Equipment identified in the
DRZP can be Synchronised in response to an instruction following a Total
Shutdown or Partial Shutdown. The estimate should reflect the Anchor
Generator’s and Top Up Restoration Contractor’s ability to Re-
Synchronise all their Equipment, assuming all were running immediately
prior to the Total Shutdown or Partial Shutdown and, where appropriate,
at time intervals of being Shutdown 12 hours, 24 hours, 36 hours, 48 hours
and 72 hours before the Total Shutdown or Partial Shutdown.
Additionally, the estimate should highlight any specific issues (ie those that
would affect the time at which the Anchor Power Generating Module and
Restoration Contractor’s Plant could be Synchronised) that may arise, as
time progresses without external supplies being restored.
(b) The Block Loading Capability of the relevant Equipment shall be

provided in either graphical or tabular format showing the estimated Block
Page 80 of 209
04 March 2024
Loading Capability from 0MW to the Equipment’s Registered Capacity
and the time between each incremental step. Any particular Active Power
loading points at which the Restoration Contractors’ Equipment should
be operated until further changes in output can be accommodated, and the
time between those changes, should also be identified. The data of the
relevant Equipment should be provided for the condition of the Equipment
which was running immediately prior to the Total Shutdown or Partial
Shutdown and, where appropriate, at time intervals of being Shutdown 12
hours, 24 hours, 36 hours, 48 hours and 72 hours before the Total
Shutdown or Partial Shutdown.
The Block Loading Capability assessment should be done against a

Frequency variation of 47.5Hz – 52.0Hz, assuming an initial 50Hz
Frequency (or other such Frequency range as may be agreed).
DPC8.12 More Detailed Information
In certain circumstances more detailed information may be needed and shall be

provided upon the reasonable request of the DNO.
Page 81 of 209
04 March 2024
DPC9 DEMAND SIDE SERVICES
DPC9.1 Scope
DPC9.1.1 This DPC9 applies to Demand Services Providers and Customers (both in their
own right and acting as Demand Services Providers) in relation to the Demand
Units that are providing any of the demand side services defined in DPC9.2. For
the avoidance of doubt it does not apply to Customers’ installations and
Equipment in general.
DPC9.2 Demand Side Service Definitions
DPC9.2.1 Active Power control – a service where a Demand Services Provider makes
available the modulation by the DNO of Demand within one or more Customers’
Demand Facilities.
DPC9.2.2 Reactive Power control – a service where a Demand Services Provider makes
available the modulation by the DNO of one or more Customers’ Reactive Power
production or consumption within one or more Customers’ Demand Facilities.
DPC9.3 Technical Requirements
DPC9.3.1 Voltage Ranges
DPC9.3.1.1 Any Demand Unit must be able to remain connected and operating normally when
the supply voltage is within the range of 0.90pu to 1.10pu of nominal declared
voltage.
DPC9.3.2 Frequency Ranges
DPC9.3.2.1 The System Frequency could rise to 52Hz or fall to 47Hz in exceptional
circumstances. Any Demand Unit must be able to remain connected and operating
normally in accordance with the following table:
Frequency Range Requirement
47Hz - 47.5Hz Operation for a period of at least 20 seconds is

required each time the Frequency is below
47.5Hz.
47.5Hz - 49.0Hz Operation for a period of at least 90 minutes is

required each time the Frequency is below
49.0Hz.
49.0Hz - 51Hz Continuous operation is required
51Hz - 51.5Hz Operation for a period of at least 90 minutes is

required each time the Frequency is above
51Hz.
Page 82 of 209
04 March 2024
51.5Hz - 52Hz Operation for a period of at least 15 minutes is

required each time the Frequency is above
51.5Hz.
DPC9.3.2.2 Demand Units must remain connected and operating normally for rates of change
of frequency up to 1 Hzs-1 measured over 500 ms.
DPC9.3.3 Modulation
DPC9.3.3.1 A Demand Unit or Demand Units must be capable controlling its Demand or
Reactive Power production or consumption over the range specified in any contract
with the DNO.
DPC9.3.3.2 Demand Units must be equipped to receive modulation instructions either directly,
or indirectly via a Demand Services Provider, from the DNO.
a) DNOs currently are developing active network management approaches

and there is no common standard for communication protocols.
b) The DNO will provide details of the method to be employed between the
DNO and the Demand Services Provider. Protocols currently in use
between DNOs and Demand Services Providers include simple current
loop; DNP3; IEC 61850.
c) The DNO will agree with the Demand Services Provider the protocol to
be used.
d) By default if nothing it specified by the DNO then the interface will take
the form of a simple binary output that can be operated by a simple switch
or contactor. When the switch is closed the Demand Unit or Demand
Facility can operate normally. When the switch is opened the Demand
Unit will modulate its Demand (Active Power consumption or Reactive
Power production or consumption) as required by the contract. The signal
from the Demand Unit that is being switched can be either AC (maximum
value 240 V) or DC (maximum value 110 V).
DPC9.3.3.3 The DNO will publish the standard response times it expects for the services it
wishes to contract for. Having received the signal or command from the DNO the
Demand Unit will modulate its behaviour to the full extent of the contract within
the standard response time, unless agreed otherwise with the DNO. In the absence
of a specific published DNO requirement the response time will be 5 minutes.
DPC9.3.3.4 The modulated behaviour will be maintained for the duration of the signal to do so
from the DNO unless otherwise agreed with the DNO.
DPC9.3.3.5 If the modulation, or any part of it, ceases to be fully available for operation at any
time, either temporarily or permanently, unless otherwise agreed with the DNO the
Demand Service Provider will notify the DNO without delay, and no more than
12 hours after the modulation ceases to be fully available.
DPC9.3.3.6 The DNO will advise the Demand Services Provider what operational monitoring
and/or metering is required. For Demand Facilities connected at HV the DNO in
Page 83 of 209
04 March 2024
some cases will install the DNO’s own telemetry which can form part of the
necessary operational monitoring.
DPC9.4 Operational Notification
DPC9.4.1 As part of the contractual arrangements for the provision of demand side services
to the DNO, the Demand Services Provider must provide the following
information one month, or other such time as agreed with DNO, in advance of the
commencement of the contracted demand side services:
a) Full contact details of the Demand Services Provider;
b) Full contact details of the Demand Facility owner (if different from (a));
c) The exact address and location of the Demand Facility;
d) The capacity of the modulated behaviour of the Demand Unit expressed in kW

or kVAr (including production or consumption) as appropriate;
e) Confirmation that the Demand Unit complies with the technical and
modulation requirements of DPC9.3;
f) The above information must be submitted for each and every Demand Unit.
DPC9.4.2 Unless agreed otherwise with the DNO the above information, together with the
statement of compliance required by DPC9.5.4 below shall be submitted by the
Demand Services Provider on the proforma provided by the DNO for that
purpose.
DPC9.4.3 Unless agreed otherwise with the DNO the Demand Services Provider must notify
the DNO of any planned change or modification to the capabilities of the Demand
Unit at least one month in advance.
DPC9.4.4 Unless otherwise agreed with the DNO the Demand Services Provider must notify
the DNO of any unplanned incident or failure of a Demand Unit immediately,
which means within the same day.
DPC9.4.5 In the case of an aggregated service, any unplanned incident or failure of the
contracted service should be notified to the DNO immediately, which means within
the same day.
DPC9.4.6 For any Demand Facility connected at HV, the demand side services cannot be
called upon until the DNO has issued a final operational notice to the Customer
responsible for the Demand Facility. The DNO will issue the final operational
notice to the customer on receipt of the complete information required in DPC9.4.1.
The DNO will recognize practical difficulties in completing all appropriate tests for
confirmation of compliance in specific situations and will not unreasonably
withhold the issuing of the final operation notification.
DPC9.5 Compliance
DPC9.5.1 The Demand Services Provider is wholly responsible for the compliance of the
Customer’s Demand Units with the requirements of this DPC9 and for the conduct
of any tests necessary to demonstrate compliance.
Page 84 of 209
04 March 2024
DPC9.5.2 The Demand Services Provider must demonstrate the modulation of behaviour
of the Demand Units on receipt of the appropriate signal (or simulated sign) from
the DNO. Where appropriate such tests can be undertaken off site, for example by
the manufacturer.
DPC9.5.3 To the extent that the Demand Services Provider requires the DNO to assist or
participate in compliance testing the DNO will co-operate to achieve an agreed
timetable.
DPC9.5.4 The Demand Services Provider will supply to the DNO a statement of compliance
detailing how compliance with the relevant parts of DPC9 has been demonstrated.
The statement can include Manufacturers’ Information to support the
demonstration of compliance.
DPC9.5.5 The DNO may require the Demand Services Provider to repeat compliance tests
in accordance with a plan, or following any modification or failure of the Demand
Unit to perform as required.
Page 85 of 209
04 March 2024
DISTRIBUTION OPERATING CODE (DOC)
Page 86 of 209
04 March 2024
DISTRIBUTION OPERATING CODE 1
DOC1 DEMAND FORECASTS
DOC1.1 Introduction
DOC1.1.1 In order for the DNO to operate the DNO’s Distribution System efficiently and to
ensure maximum System security and System Stability, there is a need for those
Users specified in DOC1.3 to provide loading and generation output information
to the DNO.
DOC1.1.2 The Grid Code specifies NGESO’s requirements for Demand forecasting for
Power Generating Modules which constitute or contain BM Units which are
active (ie submitting bid-offer data) in the Balancing Mechanism. This
Distribution Operating Code DOC1 specifies the information to be provided by
other Power Generating Modules and all Users of the DNO’s Distribution
System specified in DOC1.3 below.
DOC1.1.3 This Demand forecasting information is required to enable the DNO to maintain
the integrity of the DNO’s Distribution System. The Licensee under its
Distribution Licence has an obligation under the Grid Code to provide Demand
forecast information to NGESO in order that generation output can be matched
with Demand. The information, required to be provided by Users (specified in
DOC1.3 below) under this Distribution Operating Code, will enable the Licensee
to comply with these requirements of the Grid Code.
DOC1.1.4 Where Demand data is required from the User, this means the MW Demand of
electricity at the DNO point of supply to the User. The DNO may, in certain cases,
specify that the Demand data shall include the MVAr Demand.
DOC1.1.5 The information to be provided to the DNO shall be in writing as specified in DGD2
(vi).
DOC1.1.6 In this Distribution Operating Code Year 0 means the current calendar year at
anytime, Year 1 means the next calendar year at anytime, Year 2 means the calendar
year after Year 1, etc
DOC1.1.7 References in this Distribution Operating Code to data to be supplied on a half-

hourly basis refers to it being supplied for each period of 30 minutes ending on the
hour and half-hour in each day.
DOC1.2 Objectives
The objectives of this Distribution Operating Code DOC1 are to:-
(a) Set out the Demand forecast and Embedded or Embedded Transmission
System output information required to be provided by Users to enable the
DNO to operate the DNO’s Distribution System.
(b) Specify the information required to be provided by Users to the DNO to enable
it to comply with its obligations under the Grid Code.
Page 87 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC1.3 Scope
This Distribution Operating Code applies to the following Users of the DNO’s
Distribution Systems which are connected at HV:-
(a) Customers with a Demand greater than 5 MW.

(b) Embedded Generators whose output is greater than 1MW where the DNO
reasonably considers it appropriate.
(c) Other Authorised Distributors connected to the DNO’s Distribution
System.
(d) Suppliers, at the request of the DNO, on behalf of their Customers.
DOC1.4 Information Flow and Co-ordination
DOC1.4.1 Demand Forecast Information
The DNO will co-ordinate all Demand forecast information for each Grid Supply
Point to meet the requirements of the Grid Code. The DNO will aggregate forecast
information provided by Users, where appropriate, and provide forecast
information to NGESO where the Demand, or change in Demand, is equal to or
greater than the Demand Control Notification Level at any DNO Connection
Point.
DOC1.4.2 Generation Output Information
Information relating to Power Generating Modules Embedded in the DNO’s

Distribution System or in the network of an Other Authorised Distributor or
any Embedded Transmission System shall, where specified be provided to the
DNO in writing. A Customer With Own Generation may be required to furnish
such information should the DNO reasonably consider that it would affect its
Demand forecasts.
DOC1.4.3 Information to be Provided by the DNO
Where reference is made to “as specified by the DNO” or “the National Electricity
Transmission System days or times of Peak Demand or minimum Demand”, the
DNO will provide each User, from whom Demand forecasts are required, with
such information.
DOC1.5 Demand Forecast Data
DOC1.5.1 Planning Periods
Information shall be supplied by Users to the DNO for the following rolling
timescales is required by the DNO:-
(a) Operational Planning Phase – next three years ahead

(b) Programming Phase – 24 hours to 8 weeks ahead
(c) Control Phase – 0 to 24 hours ahead
The information supplied will be as specified below and as set out in the Schedules
of the Distribution Data Registration Code.
Page 88 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC1.5.2 Operational Planning Phase (next 3 years ahead).
DOC1.5.2.1 The information required to be provided to the DNO during the Operational
Planning Phase is specified in Appendix 1 of this Distribution Operating Code,
DOC1.
DOC1.5.2.2 The information shall be provided to the DNO by Calendar week 35 each year.
DOC1.5.3 Programming Phase (24 hours to 8 weeks ahead inclusive).
DOC1.5.3.1 The information required to be provided by the User to the DNO during the
Programming Phase is specified in Appendix 2 of this Distribution Operating
Code, DOC1.
DOC1.5.3.2 For the period 2 to 8 weeks ahead the information shall be supplied to the DNO by
1600 hours each Friday.
DOC1.5.3.3 For the period 2 to 13 days ahead the information shall be updated and supplied to
the DNO by 0900 hours each Wednesday.
DOC1.5.3.4 The DNO may require the information specified in Appendices 1 and 2 of this
Distribution Operating Code to be updated if it reasonably considers it necessary
and to be supplied to the DNO by 0800 hours each day (or such other time as
specified by the DNO from time to time) for the next day (except that it may be for
the next 3 days on Fridays and 2 days on Saturdays) and may be longer (as specified
by the DNO at least one week in advance) to cover holiday periods.
DOC1.5.4 Control Phase (0 to 24 hours ahead)
The following information shall be supplied to the DNO at reasonable times to be

specified by the DNO for the unexpired period covered by the Control Phase:-
(a) Details of any differences of greater than 5MW from the schedules of operation
of any Embedded Power Generating Module or Embedded Transmission
System on a half hourly basis which were supplied under DOC1.5.3.3;
(b) Details from Suppliers of any differences of the amount and duration of their
proposed use of Customer Demand Control aggregated to 5MW or more
(averaged over any half-hour period) on a half-hourly basis which were
supplied under DOC1.5.3.4.
(c) Details from each User connected to the Distribution System of any change
in aggregated Demand at the point of supply of greater than 5MW of the
Demand.
DOC1.5.5 Post Control Phase
The following shall be supplied to the DNO by 0300 hours each day:-
(a) Details of half-hour Active Power and Reactive Power output sent out to the
DNO’s Distribution System by Embedded or any Embedded Transmission
System where the DNO reasonably considers it appropriate during the
previous day on a half-hourly basis.
(b) Suppliers, and Other Authorised Distributor connected to the DNO’s
Distribution System will provide details of the amount and duration of
Page 89 of 209
04 March 2024
Demand Control at the DNO Connection Point aggregated to 5MW or more
(averaged over any half-hour) which was implemented during the previous
Operational Day
DOC1.6 Forecast Factors
DOC1.6.1 The following factors will be taken into account by the DNO and Users when
conducting Demand forecasts in the Operational Planning Phase:-
(a) Historic Demand data and trends.

(b) Weather forecasts (responsibility for weather correction of User’s Demand
rests with the User.)
(c) Incidence of major events or activities
(d) Embedded Power Generating Module or Embedded Transmission System
Schedules.
(e) Demand transfers.
(f) Interconnection with adjacent Other Authorised Distributors.
(g) Demand Control proposed to be operated by Suppliers.
(h) Any other factor reasonably considered necessary.
Page 90 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC 1 - APPENDIX 1
Demand Forecasts Operational Planning Phase (3 years ahead)
EACH CALENDAR YEAR BY WEEK 35:
For each of the next 3 years forecast information for:
(a) Half-hour Active Power and Power Factor (or Reactive Power) at Annual ACS
Conditions for the specified time of the annual peak half-hour at the associated Grid
Supply Points and at the specified time of the National Electricity Transmission System
Peak Demand.
(b) Half-hour Active Power and Power Factor (or Reactive Power) at Average Conditions
at the specified half-hour of the National Electricity Transmission System minimum
Demand.
(c) Half-hour Active Power output of Embedded Power Generating Module or any
Embedded Transmission System at the specified half-hour of the National Electricity
Transmission System Demand.
In addition, where the loading or the generation output of a User may have a particular impact on
the security or stability of the System then the DNO may on request require the following
information from a User.
(a) Weekly ACS Conditions and Average Conditions Active and Reactive Power
Demand at the time of the specified National Electricity Transmission System Peak
Demand each week together with forecasts of Demand to be met and relieved by
Embedded Power Generating Module and planned Demand Control by other
Users.
(b) Weekly ACS Conditions Active and Reactive Power Demand at the time of the specified
Grid Supply Point Peak Demand each week.
This additional information will, where requested by the DNO, be updated throughout the
current year (Year 0) in the Programming Phase, the times to be notified by the DNO where
this is necessary.
Where reference is made to “specified” or “National Electricity Transmission System
Demand”, the information will be provided by the DNO following the receipt of information
provided by NGESO in accordance with OC1 of the Grid Code.
Page 91 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC 1 - APPENDIX 2
Demand forecasts - Programming Phase (24 hours to 8 weeks ahead inclusive)
The following information shall be provided to the DNO in the timescales specified in DOC1.5.3:-
(a) Schedules for the operation of Embedded Power Generating Module or any Embedded
Transmission System whose output is greater than 1MW on a half-hourly basis where
the DNO reasonably considers it appropriate
(b) From Suppliers, details of their proposed use of Demand Control measures aggregated
to 5MW or more (averaged over any half-hour) on a half hourly basis for each of the
DNO’s Connection Points;
(c) From Customers and Other Authorised Distributors connected to the DNO’s
Distribution System whose operations are likely to result in an aggregated change in
Demand at the DNO’s Connection Point of supply of greater than 5MW of the Demand
at that time on a half-hourly basis.
(d) Any other relevant Demand forecast information reasonably required by the DNO.
Page 92 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC2 OPERATIONAL PLANNING
DOC2.1 Introduction
DOC2.1.1 Operational Planning within the terms of the Distribution Code comprises the
co-ordination through various timescales, of planned outages of Equipment which
affects the Operation of the DNO’s Distribution System or require the
commitment of the DNO’s resources.
DOC2.1.2 This Distribution Operating Code also enables the DNO to meet its Distribution
Licence obligation to provide certain information specified in the Grid Code and
establishes procedures to enable the collection of such data from Users specified in
DOC2.3 below.
DOC2.1.3 Information to be provided to the DNO shall be in writing as specified in DGD2f).
DOC2.1.4 In order for the DNO to fulfil the requirements of this DOC2 it should be noted that
the information set out in the Grid Code OC2, to be provided by NGESO, will
form the basis of Operational Planning under this DOC2.
DOC2.1.5 In this Distribution Operating Code Year 0 means the current calendar year at
any time, Year 1 means the next calendar year at any time, Year 2 means the
calendar year after Year 1, etc. Where Week 52 is specified read Week 53 in
appropriate years.
DOC2.2 Objectives
The objectives of this Distribution Operating Code are:
(a) To set out the DNO’s Operational Planning procedure and a typical timetable
for the co-ordination of outage requirements of Equipment to be provided by
Users to enable the DNO to operate the DNO’s Distribution System.
(b) To specify the information to be provided by Users to the DNO to enable the
DNO to comply with its obligations under the Grid Code.
DOC2.3 Scope
This Distribution Operating Code applies to the DNO and the following Users of
the DNO’s Distribution System which are connected at HV:-
(a) HV Customers where the DNO considers it appropriate.

(b) Customer With Own Generation where the DNO reasonably considers it
appropriate.
(c) Generators with Embedded Power Generating Modules connected to the
DNO’s Distribution System whose Registered Capacity is greater than
1MW and any Embedded Transmission System where the DNO reasonably
considers it appropriate.
(d) Any Other Authorised Distributor connected to the DNO’s Distribution
System.
(e) Any User in (a) to (c) above who is a Restoration Contractor party to a
DRZP.
Page 93 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC2.4.1 Embedded Generators
Information relating to Embedded Power Generating Modules and Embedded

Transmission Systems shall where reasonably required by the DNO be provided
by the User directly to the DNO. This may include a Customer With Own
Generation where the DNO considers it appropriate.
DOC2.4.1.2 Information from Restoration Contractors as required by DPC8.11 will be

provided to the DNO in accordance with DOC2.6 below.
DOC2.4.2 High Voltage Customers

In the event that:
a) a High Voltage Customer experiences the planned unavailability of its
Apparatus resulting in the reduction of Demand of 100MW or more, or a
change to the planned unavailability of its Apparatus resulting in a change in
Demand of 100MW or more, for one settlement period or longer; or
b) a High Voltage Customer experiences a change in the actual availability of
its Apparatus resulting in a change in Demand of 100MW or greater, such a
High Voltage Customer shall provide NGESO with the information required
from a Non-Embedded Customer specified in Grid Code OC2.4.2.3 and Grid
Code DRC Schedule 6 in a format and timescales agreed with NGESO.
DOC 2.4.3 Other Plant and Apparatus
Information relating to all Plant and Apparatus connected to the DNO’s

Distribution System, or that which may affect its Operation, shall be co-ordinated
with the DNO.
DOC2.5 Timescales and Data
DOC2.5.1 Detailed implementation of data gathering and timescales will be agreed between
the DNO and each User. Due recognition will be given by the DNO to voltage
levels and capacities of Plant and Apparatus when assessing information
requirements.
DOC2.5.2 All information shall be provided in Decimal Weeks as a minimum, where Week
1 commences in the first week of January as published from time to time.
DOC2.5.3 The rolling timescales involved in Distribution Operating Code DOC2 are
illustrated in Figure 1 of this Distribution Operating Code and are as follows:-
(a) Operational Planning Phase

Long Term Planning Phase - Calendar year 3 ahead.
Medium Term - Calendar years 1 and 2 ahead.
Page 94 of 209
04 March 2024
Short Term - The current calendar year 52 weeks ahead down to 9 weeks
ahead.
(b) Programming Phase
24 hours to 8 weeks ahead inclusive
(c) Control Phase
0 to 24 hours ahead
DOC2.6 Operational Planning
DOC2.6.1 Long Term Programme (Calendar Year 3 ahead - Appendix 1).
DOC2.6.1.1 Each year, the DNO will prepare a Long Term Programme covering year 3 ahead
which will include those Distribution System outages, Embedded Transmission
System outages and Embedded Power Generating Module outages, where the
DNO reasonably considers it appropriate, which may affect the performance of the
Total System.
DOC2.6.1.2 Users and Embedded Generators where the DNO reasonably considers it
appropriate will provide the DNO with information in accordance with Appendix 1.
This information will be requested by the DNO in order to satisfy the requirements
of DOC2.6.1.1.
DOC2.6.2 Medium Term Programme (Calendar years 1 - 2 ahead Appendix 2)
DOC2.6.2.1 The previous Long Term Programme will be updated to form the basis of the
Medium Term Programme. The availability of Embedded Power Generating
Modules and any Embedded Transmission System will also be updated.
DOC2.6.2.2 Users and Embedded Generators will provide the DNO with information in
accordance with Appendix 2.
DOC2.6.3 Short Term Programme (Current year 52 weeks ahead down to 9 weeks ahead -
Appendix 3).
DOC2.6.3.1 The previous Medium Term Programme will be updated to form the basis of the
Short Term Programme. The DNO will continually review this programme as
necessary and periodically discuss it with the relevant parties as appropriate.
DOC2.6.3.2 It will take account of such review and discussions and any additional outages and
the following further details of each outage proposed will be notified at this stage
by the appropriate party:-
(a) Return to service times of circuits (if different from programme).

(b) Specific Equipment to be worked upon.
(c) Any other information that may be reasonably specified by the DNO from time
to time.
DOC2.6.3.3 At any time and from time to time during the current calendar year up to the
Programming Phase (8 weeks ahead), Users may notify reasonable changes and
additions to the outages previously notified during the Medium Term planning
process. The DNO will consider whether the changes will adversely affect System
Page 95 of 209
04 March 2024
security, stability or other parties, and will discuss with the party in question.
Where the change is so discussed the DNO will inform the other affected Users.
DOC2.6.3.4 Restoration Contractors must notify the DNO without undue delay of any
changes to the availability of their Equipment which might affect their ability to
discharge the obligations of their Distribution Restoration Contract.
DOC2.6.4 Programming Phase (24 hours to 8 weeks ahead inclusive)
DOC2.6.4.1 The Short Term Programme will form the basis of the Programming Phase and a
rolling suggested programme for the following week and subsequent 7 week period
respectively will be prepared weekly by the DNO.
DOC2.6.4.2 The DNO will update the programme each week and take account of any additional
or varied outages.
DOC2.6.4.3 Any decision to depart from the outages and actions determined during this phase
will immediately be notified to the DNO, who will inform other affected parties.
DOC2.6.5 Generation Scheduling Information (Programming Phase 24 hours to 8 weeks

ahead inclusive).
DOC2.6.5.1 The DNO will obtain Scheduling information from Embedded Generators for
Embedded Power Generating Modules and any Embedded Transmission
System which do not constitute or contain BM Units which are active (ie
submitting bid-offer data) where it considers it appropriate.
DOC2.6.5.2 The Scheduling information will specify the following on an individual Power
Generating Module or Embedded Transmission System basis:
(a) The period the set or system is required.

(b) The planned half hourly output.
(c) Any other information the DNO reasonably considers necessary.
DOC2.6.5.3 Restoration Contractors must notify the DNO without undue delay of any
changes to the availability of their Equipment which might affect their ability to
discharge the obligations of their Distribution Restoration Contract.
DOC2.6.6 Control Phase (0 to 24 hours ahead)
DOC2.6.6.1 During the real time Operation any changes to the outage programme for the day
shall be at the discretion of the DNO.
DOC2.6.6.2 Restoration Contractors must notify the DNO within 30 minutes of any changes
to the availability of their Equipment which might affect their ability to discharge
the obligations of their Distribution Restoration Contract over the subsequent 7
days from the identification of the issue.
DOC2.7 Nuclear Power Generating Module
DOC2.7.1 The DNO will endeavour to give as much notice as possible to a Generator with
Nuclear Power Generating Modules which may be operationally affected by an
outage which is to be included in a programme referred to in DOC2.6.4.1.
Page 96 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC2.7.2 Where a Generator with Nuclear Power Generating Module which may be
operationally affected by the DNO’s Distribution System outage programme
referred to in DOC2.6.4.1 (acting as a reasonable operator) is concerned on grounds
relating to safety about the effect which an outage within such outage programme
might have on one or more of its Nuclear Power Generating Modules, it may
contact the DNO to explain its concerns and discuss whether there is an alternative
way of taking that outage (having regard to technical feasibility). If there is such
an alternative way, but the DNO refuses to adopt that alternative way in taking that
outage, the Generator may involve the Electricity Supply Industry (ESI)
disputes resolution procedure to decide on the way the outage should be taken. If
there is no such alternative way, then the DNO may take the outage despite that
Generator’s concerns.
Page 97 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC 2 - APPENDIX 1
OPERATIONAL PLANNING - LONG TERM PLANNING PHASE (YEAR 3 AHEAD)

The requirements of the Long Term Programme apply to Embedded Power Generating
Module and Embedded Transmission System connected to the DNO’s Distribution System
specified in DOC2.3.
EACH CALENDAR YEAR BY:-
WEEK 2 Embedded Generators provide the DNO with a provisional Embedded Power
Generating Module or Embedded Transmission System outage programme for
Year 3 ahead specifying the Power Generating Module and MW concerned, the
preferred date for each proposed outage, and where there is a possibility of
flexibility, the earliest start date and latest finishing date where applicable.
WEEK 12 The DNO will provide the Embedded Generators with details of constraints on
the DNO’s Distribution System and potential DNO’s Distribution System
requirements during each week of Years 3 ahead for an outage together with their
perceived Output Usable requirements for Year 3 ahead.
WEEK 25 Embedded Generators will provide the DNO with updated provisional
Embedded Power Generating Module or Embedded Transmission System
outage programmes together with the Registered Capacity and neutral weekly
Output Usable forecasts in both cases for Year 3 ahead.
WEEK 28 The DNO after discussion with the Embedded Generator will notify each
Embedded Generator with details of any suggested revisions the DNO proposes
to the provisional Embedded Power Generating Module or Embedded
Transmission System outage programme previously supplied and the reasons for
such proposed revisions including such information as provided in week 12.
Users will provide the DNO with details of proposed outages in Year 3 ahead which
may affect the performance of the DNO’s Distribution System. This information
need not be limited to Plant Apparatus and System at the DNO interface. Details
will comprise general outage requirements, start and end dates.
WEEK 42 The DNO after discussions with the Embedded Generator will notify each
Embedded Generator with details of any suggested revisions necessary to
maintain DNO System security to the updated provisional Embedded Power
Generating Module or Embedded Transmission System outage programme
previously supplied.
WEEK 43 Following consultation with Users, the DNO will include these outage proposals
in the Long Term Programme.
Page 98 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC 2 - APPENDIX 2
OPERATIONAL PLANNING - MEDIUM TERM PROGRAMME (YEARS 1 & 2)
The requirements of the Medium Term Programme apply to Embedded Power Generating
Module and Embedded Transmission System connected to the DNO’s Distribution System as
specified in DOC2.3.
EACH CALENDAR YEAR BY:-
WEEK 2 Embedded Generators not included in the Long Term Programme shall
provide the DNO with a provisional Embedded Power Generating Module
or Embedded Transmission System outage programme for Years 1 and 2
specifying the Power Generating Module and MW concerned, the preferred
date for each proposed outage, where applicable earliest start date and latest
finishing date.
WEEK 10 Embedded Generators provide the DNO with estimates of Output Usable for
each Embedded Power Generating Module or Embedded Transmission
System for Year 1 and 2 (weeks 1 to 52) and its proposed Power Generating
Module and/or System outage programme for Years 1 and 2.
WEEK 12 The DNO will after discussion with the Embedded Generator provide the
appropriate Embedded Generator with details of DNO’s Distribution
System constraints and potential DNO’s Distribution System requirements
during each week of Years 1 and 2 for an outage together with any suggested
changes to its proposed Power Generating Module or Embedded
Transmission System outage programme.
The DNO will notify each Embedded Generator of Output Usable
requirements for Years 1 and 2 (weeks 1to 52).
WEEK 28 Users within the DNO’s distribution services area will provide the DNO with
details of outages due to take place during the Years 1 and 2 which may affect
the performance of the DNO’s Distribution System. This will comprise
updating the programme for Years 3 ahead where appropriate and including
any subsequent requests.
In addition to outage proposals, the programme shall include Trip Testing,
Risks of Trip, and other information where known which may affect the
security and stability of the DNO’s Distribution System.
WEEK 41 Each Embedded Generator will provide the DNO with revised estimates of
the Output Usable of each Embedded Power Generating Module or
Embedded Transmission System for Year 1 and 2 (weeks 1 to 52).
WEEK 48 Following consultation with Users, the DNO will include their proposals in the
Medium Term Plan.
Page 99 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC 2 - APPENDIX 3
OPERATIONAL PLANNING - SHORT TERM (CURRENT YEAR 52 WEEKS

AHEAD DOWN TO 9 WEEKS AHEAD)
The Short Term Plan will be an update of the Medium Term Plan and comprise a receding period
as the Programming Phase (24 hours to 8 weeks ahead inclusive) evolves through the current
year.
EACH CALENDAR YEAR
WEEK 2 Embedded Generators not included in the Medium Term Plan will provide the
DNO with a provisional Embedded Power Generating Module or Embedded
Transmission System outage programme for the current calendar year specifying
the Embedded Power Generating Module or Embedded Transmission System
and MW concerned, duration of the outage, earliest start date and latest finishing
date where applicable. Embedded Generators will also provide the DNO with
revised estimates of Embedded Power Generating Module or Embedded
Transmission System Output Usable for weeks 9 - 52.
WEEK 4 DNO will inform Embedded Generators of Output Usable requirements for
weeks 9 - 52.
WEEK 10 Embedded Generators will provide the DNO with estimates of each Embedded
Power Generating Module or Embedded Transmission System Output Usable
for weeks 18 - 52.
WEEK 12 The DNO will inform Embedded Generators of their desired changes Embedded
Generator to Output Usable requirements for weeks 18 - 52 and will provide
details of DNO’s Distribution System constraints and DNO’s Distribution
System requirements.
WEEK 20 Restoration Contractors shall provide the DNO with information regarding the
Re-Synchronization times and Block Loading Capability of their Equipment as
required by DPC8.11.
for weeks 28 - 52.
WEEK 27 The DNO will inform Embedded Generators of changes to Output Usable
requirements for weeks 31 - 52.
for weeks 44 - 52.
WEEK 43 The DNO will inform Embedded Generators of changes to Output Usable
requirements for weeks 44 - 52.
An update of Users proposals agreed in the Medium Term Plan will be included in
the Short Term Programming Phase.
Page 100 of 209
04 March 2024
THE DISTRIBUTION CODE
DISTRIBUTION OPERATING CODE 2 - OPERATION PLANNING
OPERATIONAL PLANNING
PHASE
LONG MEDIUM SHORT PROGRAMMING CONTROL

TERM TERM TERM PHASE PHASE
Figure 1
Page 101 of 209

1 YEAR
2 YEARS
4 YEARS
3 YEARS
8 WEEKS
24 HOURS
PRESENT
(REAL TIME)
DATA INPUT TIMING
04 March 2024
DOC5 TESTING AND MONITORING
DOC5.1 Introduction
DOC5.1.1 To ensure that the DNO’s Distribution System is operated efficiently and within
its licence standards and to meet statutory actions the DNO will organise and carry
out testing and/or monitoring of the effect of Users’ electrical apparatus on the
DOC5.1.2 The testing and/or monitoring procedures will be specifically related to the
technical criteria detailed in the Distribution Planning and Connection Code.
They will also relate to the parameters submitted by Users in the Distribution Data
Registration Code. Such testing can also be initiated on request from the User for
the purpose of the User ensuring compliance with the above technical criteria.
DOC5.1.3 This DOC5 also covers the testing requirements that might be imposed from time
to time on Embedded Medium Power Stations owned by a Generators who are
not party to the CUSC
DOC5.1.4 The testing carried out under this Distribution Operating Code (DOC5) should
not be confused with the more extensive System Test outlined in DOC12.
DOC5.2 Objective
DOC5.2.1 The objective of this Distribution Operating Code is to specify the DNO’s
requirement to test and/or monitor its DNO’s Distribution System to ensure that
Users are not operating outside the technical parameters required by the
Distribution Planning and Connection Code and/or the Distribution Operating
Codes.
DOC5.2.2 This DOC5 includes the necessary arrangements and actions to establish that
Restoration Contractors who have a Distribution Restoration Contract can
provide the System Restoration services that they have contracted to provide in
accordance with OC9 of the Grid Code and DOC9 of the Distribution Code.
DOC5.3 Scope
DOC5.3.1 This Distribution Operating Code applies to the following Users of the DNO’s
Distribution System:-
(a) Customers (it is not intended that the Distribution Code will necessarily
apply to small Customers individually - their obligations will generally be
dealt with on their behalf by their Supplier).
(b) Embedded Generators.
(c) Other Authorised Distributor connected to the DNO’s Distribution System.
(d) Suppliers.
(e) Meter Operators.
Page 102 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC5.4 Procedure Related to Compliance and Quality of Supply
DOC5.4.1 The DNO will from time to time determine the need to test and/or monitor
compliance and/or the quality of supply at various points on its DNO’s
DOC5.4.2 The requirement for specific testing and/or monitoring may be initiated by
reasonable concerns relating to compliance with the Distribution Code and/or
associated Annex 1 Standards. It may also be initiated by the receipt of complaints
as to the quality of supply on the DNO’s Distribution System.
DOC5.4.3 Where required by the DNO the User will undertake compliance tests as agreed
with the DNO and relevant and necessary for proving compliance with the
Distribution Code and/or associated Annex 1 Standards.
DOC5.4.4 In certain situations the DNO may require the testing and/or monitoring to take
place at the point of connection of a User with the DNO’s Distribution System.
DOC5.4.5 Where testing and/or monitoring is required at the Connection Point, the DNO will
advise the User involved and will make available the results of such tests to the
User.
DOC5.4.6 Where the results of such tests show that the User is operating outside the technical
parameters specified in the Distribution Planning and Connection Code, the
User will be informed accordingly.
DOC5.4.7 Where the User requests, a retest will be carried out and the test witnessed by a
User representative.
DOC5.4.8 A User shown to be operating outside the limits specified in Distribution Planning
and Connection Code will rectify the situation or disconnect the Apparatus
causing the problem from its electrical System connected to the DNO’s
Distribution System immediately or within such time as is agreed with the DNO.
DOC5.4.9 Continued failure to rectify the situation will result in the User being disconnected
or de-energised in accordance with the Connection Agreement from the DNO’s
Distribution System either as a breach of the Distribution Code or through the
authority of the ESQCR, where appropriate.
DOC5.5 Procedure Related to Connection Point Parameters
DOC5.5.1 The DNO from time to time will monitor the effect of the User on the DNO’s
DOC5.5.2 The monitoring will normally be related to amount of Active Power and Reactive
Power transferred across the Connection Point.
DOC5.5.3 Where the User is exporting to or importing from the DNO’s Distribution System
Active Power and Reactive Power in excess of the parameters in the Connection
Agreement the DNO will inform the User and where appropriate demonstrate the
results of such monitoring.
DOC5.5.4 The User may request technical information on the method of monitoring and, if
necessary, request another method reasonably acceptable to the DNO.
Page 103 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC5.5.5 Where the User is operating outside the specified parameters, the User will
immediately restrict the Active Power and Reactive Power transfers to within the
specified parameters.
DOC5.5.6 Where the User requires increased Active Power and Reactive Power in excess of
the physical capacity of the Connection Point the User will restrict power transfers
to those specified in the Connection Agreement until a modified Connection
Agreement has been applied for from the DNO and physically established.
DOC5.6 Grid Code Compliance for Medium Power Stations not subject to an embedded
generation agreement
DOC5.6.1 Procedure For Compliance
DOC5.6.1.1 NGESO may, from time to time, but generally not more than twice in any calendar
year, request that the DNO procure from the Generator a statement confirming
compliance with the relevant Grid Code Connection Conditions at the Embedded
Medium Power Station not subject to an embedded generation agreement in
question. Such requests will generally, but not necessarily, be contingent on the
issues raised in DOC6.5.3.3 below.
DOC5.6.1.2 On request from the DNO, in furtherance of DOC5.6.1.1 above or at other times
not generally more than twice per calendar year, the Generator will provide to the
DNO a statement with appropriate supporting evidence of compliance with the
relevant Grid Code requirements. The DNO will immediately submit this
information to NGESO. The Generator is at liberty to submit the data directly to
NGESO, but a copy must be submitted in parallel to the DNO.
DOC5.6.1.3 In the event that in NGESO's view an Embedded Medium Power Station fails
persistently to comply with the Grid Code Connection Conditions NGESO shall
notify the DNO giving details of the failure and of the monitoring that NGESO has
carried out.
DOC5.6.1.4 The DNO will notify the Generator responsible for the Embedded Medium
Power Station in question as soon as possible, and in any case within 2 working
days of all the facts contained in the NGESO notice.
DOC5.6.1.5 The Generator responsible for the Embedded Medium Power Station in question
will, as soon as possible, provide the DNO with an explanation of the reasons for
the failure and details of the action that it proposes to take to comply with the Grid
Code Connections Conditions within a reasonable period.
DOC 5.6.1.6 NGESO, the DNO and the Generator will then discuss the action the Generator
proposes to take and will endeavour to reach agreement as to:
(a) any short term operational measures necessary to protect other Users; and
(b) the parameters which are to be submitted for the Power Generating
Module and the effective date(s) for the application of the agreed
parameters.
Page 104 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC5.6.2 Procedure for Testing
DOC5.6.2.1 Subject to the provisions of DOC5.6.1 should the DNO fail to procure a notice of
compliance to NGESO’s reasonable satisfaction, NGESO may at any time
(although not normally more than twice in any calendar year in respect of any
particular Embedded Medium Power Station not subject to an embedded
generation agreement issue an instruction requiring the DNO to facilitate a test,
provided NGESO has reasonable grounds of justification based upon:
(a) a submission of data in respect of the relevant Embedded Medium Power
Station indicating a change in performance; or
(b) a statement from the DNO or Generator indicating a change in
performance; or
(c) monitoring by NGESO, whether or not carried out in accordance with
DOC5.6.1.3 above; or
(d) notification from the DNO of completion of an agreed action from
DOC5.6.1 above.
DOC5.6.2.2 The test referred to in DOC5.6.2.1 on any one or more of the Power Generating
Modules comprising part of the relevant Embedded Medium Power Station
should only be to demonstrate that:
(a) the relevant Power Generating Module meets the requirements of the
paragraphs in the Grid Code Connection Conditions or the Grid Code
European Connection Conditions (as applicable) which are applicable to
such Power Generating Modules or Power Station; or
(b) the relevant Power Generating Module meets the requirements for
operation in limited frequency sensitive mode as describe in the Grid Code
in accordance with CC.6.3.3 (or ECC6.3.3), BC3.5.2 and BC3.7.2,
DOC5.6.2.3 The instruction referred to in DOC5.6.2.1 may only be issued where, following
consultation and the preparation of a mutually agreed testing plan (to include
prevailing economic conditions etc) and timetable between the DNO, Generator
and NGESO, NGESO has:
(a) confirmed to the DNO and Generator the manner in which the test will be
conducted, which shall be consistent with the principles established in
DOC5.6.3; and
(b) received confirmation from the DNO that the relevant Power Generating
Module would not then be unavailable by reason of forced outage or
Planned Outage expected prior to the instruction.
DOC5.6.3 Conduct of Test
DOC5.6.3.1 The Generator is responsible for carrying out the test when requested by the DNO
following a valid request from NGESO in accordance with DOC5.6.2.1 and the
Generator retains the responsibility for the safety of personnel and plant during the
test.
DOC5.6.3.2 The performance of the Power Generating Module concerned will be recorded at
NGESO and/or DNO Control Centres with monitoring at site as and when
necessary during the test.
Page 105 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC5.6.3.3 If monitoring at site is undertaken, the performance of the Power Generating
Module will be recorded on a suitable recorder (with measurements taken as
appropriate on the Power Generating Module Stator Terminals / on the LV side
of the generator transformer or at the Connection Point if this has been agreed
between the DNO and the Generator) in the relevant User’s Control Centre, in
the presence of a reasonable number of representatives appointed and authorised by
NGESO. If NGESO or the DNO or the Generator requests, monitoring at site
will include measurement of the following parameters during the test.:
(a) for Steam Turbines: governor pilot oil pressure, valve position and steam
pressure; or
(b) for Gas Turbines: Inlet Guide Vane position, Fuel Valve positions, Fuel
Demand signal and Exhaust Gas temperature; or
(c) for Hydro Turbines: Governor Demand signal, Actuator Output signal,
Guide Vane position; and/or
(d) for Excitation Systems: Generator Field Voltage and Power System
Stabiliser signal where appropriate.
DOC5.6.3.4 The relevant test parameters and the pass/fail criteria shall be drawn from Section
OC5.5.3 of the Grid Code.
DOC5.6.4 Test Failure/Re-test
DOC5.6.4.1 If the Power Generating Module concerned fails to pass the test the Generator
must provide the DNO and NGESO with a written report specifying in reasonable
detail the reasons for any failure of the test so far as they are then known to the
Generator after due and careful enquiry.
DOC5.6.4.2 The DNO has the responsibility under the Grid Code to forward the report of
DOC5.6.4.1 above to NGESO. This report must be provided within five Business
Days of the test. If a dispute arises relating to the failure, NGESO , the DNO and
the Generator shall seek to resolve the dispute by discussion, and, if they fail to
reach agreement, either of the DNO or Generator may by notice respectively:
(a) require NGESO to initiate a re-test on 48 hours’ notice which shall be
carried out following the procedure set out in OC5.5.2 and OC5.5.3 and
subject as provided in OC5.5.1.3, as if NGESO had issued an instruction at
the time of notice from the relevant User; or
(b) confirm that it (or they) will exercise its right to carry out a re-test on 48
hours’ notice which shall be carried out following the procedure set out in
Grid Code Sections OC5.5.2 and OC5.5.3 and subject as provided in Grid
Code Sections OC5.5.1.6, as if NGESO had issued an instruction at the time
of notice from the DNO.
DOC5.6.5 Dispute following Re-test
DOC5.6.5.1 If the Power Generating Module in NGESO’s view fails to pass the re-test and a
dispute arises on that re-test, NGESO , the DNO and the Generator may use the
CUSC Disputes Resolution Procedure, (which embodies the ESI disputes
resolution procedure) for a ruling in relation to the dispute, which ruling shall be
binding.
Page 106 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC5.6.6 Dispute Resolution
DOC5.6.6.1 If following the procedure set out in DOC5.6.5 it is accepted that the Power
Generating Module has failed the test or re-test (as applicable), the Generator
shall within 14 days, or such longer period as NGESO may reasonably agree,
following such failure, submit in writing to the DNO for submission to NGESO for
approval the date and time by which the Generator shall have brought the Power
Generating Module concerned to a condition where it complies with the relevant
requirement.
DOC5.6.6.2 Should NGESO not approve the Generator’s, proposed date or time (or any
revised proposal), the Generator shall amend such proposal having regard to any
comments NGESO and/or the DNO may have made and re-submit it for approval.
DOC5.6.6.3 If the Power Generating Module fails the test the Generator shall resubmit to the
DNO the relevant registered parameters of that Power Generating Module for the
period of time until the Power Generating Module can achieve the parameters
previously registered, as demonstrated (if required by NGESO in accordance with
DOC5.6.6.4) in a re-test. The DNO will submit these parameters to NGESO as
required by the Grid Code.
DOC5.6.6.4 Once the Generator, has indicated to NGESO via the DNO the date and time that
the Power Generating Module can achieve the parameters previously registered
or submitted, NGESO shall either accept this information or require the Generator
to demonstrate the restoration of the capability by means of a repetition of the test
referred to in DOC5.6.7 by an instruction requiring the DNO to ensure on 48 hours’
notice that such a test is carried out by the Generator.
DOC5.6.6.5 The provisions of this DOC5.6.6 will apply to such further test.
DOC5.7 System Restoration Testing
DOC5.7.1 Introduction
DOC5.7.1.1 Two principal recovery routes from a Total Shutdown or Partial Shutdown exist;
via LJRPs, and via DRZPs. Their requirements are described separately in DOC9.
DOC5.7.1.1 This DOC5.7 deals with the testing requirements for DRZPs only. Testing of
LJRPs is undertaken under the direction of NGESO in accordance with OC5.7 of
the Grid Code.
DOC5.7.2 General Requirements
DOC5.7.2.1 NGESO may request the DNO in coordination with a Restoration Contractor to
carry out the appropriate Restoration Service Test in order to demonstrate that
Restoration Contractors’ Equipment has the capabilities required by the
Distribution Restoration Contract. Prior to any test taking place, the DNO shall
ensure the DNO’s Distribution System is appropriately configured to undertake
the test.
DOC5.7.2.2 NGESO will request the DNO to instruct the relevant Restoration Contractor to
carry out a test (an Anchor Power Generating Module Test, an Anchor Power
Station Test, a Top Up Restoration Test; or a Quick Re-synchronisation test as
appropriate) in order to demonstrate the relevant capabilities.
Page 107 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC5.7.2.3 All Restoration Service Tests shall be carried out at the time agreed between the
DNO, the Restoration Contractor and NGESO and in accordance with the
frequency and notice periods given in DOC5.7.2.4 to DOC5.7.2.6. The tests shall
be undertaken in the presence of a reasonable number of representatives appointed
by NGESO and/or the DNO, who shall be given access to all information relevant
to the Restoration Service Test.
DOC5.7.2.4 When NGESO requests the DNO to instruct a Restoration Contractor to carry
out a Restoration Service Test, the DNO shall notify the details of the proposed
Restoration Service Test to the relevant Restoration Contractor at least 7 days
prior to the time of the Restoration Service Test.
DOC5.7.2.5 NGESO may request the DNO to instruct a Restoration Contractor to carry out
a Restoration Service Test at any time (but will not require a Restoration
Service Test to be carried out more than once every three years in respect of any
particular Restoration Contractor’s Equipment unless it can justify on reasonable
grounds the necessity for further tests or unless the further test is a re-test).
DOC5.7.2.6 Where Restoration Contractors are required to undergo Restoration Service
Tests, the following shall apply:
(a) Where NGESO requests the DNO to instruct an Anchor Generator to

carry out an Anchor Power Generating Module Test within an Anchor
Power Station, the Anchor Generator shall execute such a test at least
once every three calendar years. NGESO will not require the DNO to
instruct an Anchor Power Generating Module Test to be carried out on
more than one Anchor Power Generating Module at that Anchor Power
Station at the same time, and would not, in the absence of exceptional
circumstances, expect any of the other Anchor Power Generating
Modules at the Anchor Power Station to be directly affected by the
Anchor Power Generating Module Test.
(b) NGESO may occasionally require the DNO to instruct an Anchor
Generator to carry out an Anchor Power Station Test at any time (but will
not require an Anchor Power Station Test to be carried out more than once
in every three calendar years in respect of any particular Anchor Power
Generating Module unless it can reasonably justify the necessity for
further tests or unless the further test is a re-test). If successful, this Anchor
Power Station Test shall count as a successful Anchor Power Generating
Module Test for the Anchor Power Generating Module used in the test.
(c) If a Distribution Restoration Contract includes Quick Re-
synchronisation, NGESO may occasionally require the DNO to instruct
the Anchor Generator to carry out a Quick Re-synchronisation unit test
at any time, but will generally only be required where such an Anchor
Generator has made a change to its Equipment which may have an impact
on its houseload operation or after two unsuccessful tripping Events in the
operational environment.
(d) Where NGESO requests the DNO to request a Restoration Contractor to
carry out a Top Up Restoration Test, the Restoration Contractor shall
execute such a test at least once every three calendar years, which could be
at any time (but such a test will not be required to be carried out more than
once in every three calendar years unless it can be justified on reasonable
grounds, or unless the further test is a retest).
Page 108 of 209
04 March 2024
Tests (a) to (d) will be deemed a success where stable operation is achieved within
a time frame agreed in the Distribution Restoration Contract.
DOC5.7.3 Restoration Service Tests
DOC5.7.3.1 Anchor Power Generating Module Testing General Requirements
DOC5.7.3.1.1 All tests shall be instructed and coordinated by the DNO. The DNO shall inform
NGESO of the progress and completion of the tests following the relevant
requirements of Grid Code OC5.7.
DOC5.7.3.1.2 All tests should demonstrate compliance with the technical requirements included
in the Distribution Restoration Contract.
DOC5.7.3.2 Anchor Power Generating Module Test
(a) Prior to the test, the DNO shall reconfigure the DNO’s Distribution System
to enable the Anchor Power Generating Module Test to be completed
whilst having due regard for the safety of Plant and personnel on its
(b) The relevant Anchor Power Generating Module shall start the test
sequence Loaded in normal operation.
(c) All the auxiliary power sources used in the Anchor Power Station which
relate to the relevant Anchor Power Generating Module is situated, shall
be Shutdown.
(d) The Anchor Power Generating Module shall be De-Loaded, De-
Synchronised and Shutdown and all alternating current electrical supplies
to its auxiliaries shall be disconnected.
(e) The auxiliary power sources for the relevant Anchor Power Generating
Module shall be made available, and shall re-energise the electrical systems
of the relevant Anchor Power Generating Module.
(f) The auxiliaries of the relevant Anchor Power Generating Module shall be
fed by the auxiliary power supplies to enable the relevant Anchor Power
Generating Module to return to a condition where it is ready to
Synchronise.
(g) Where required by the DNO and in accordance with the DRZP the test shall
be arranged such that the relevant Anchor Power Generating Module
energises the dead section of the DNO’s Distribution System as required
in the DRZP.
(h) Where required by the DNO and in accordance with the DRZP the test shall
be arranged such that a relevant part of the DNO’s Distribution System
energised by the Anchor Power Generating Module shall be
Synchronised to the rest of the DNO’s Distribution System.
(j) The relevant Anchor Power Generating Module shall be Synchronised
but not Loaded, unless the appropriate instruction has been specifically
given to the Anchor Generator by the DNO, following instruction from
NGESO to the DNO under BC2 of the Grid Code.
(k) When planning and/or executing a dead line charge test, consideration shall
be given to the effect the test will have on Customers supplied from the part
of the Total System that needs to be de-energised for the test. Consideration
should include whether supplies to Customers would need to be interrupted
Page 109 of 209
04 March 2024
to undertake the test. Where possible, tests should be conducted to avoid
interruption to Customers’ supplies. Where this is not possible, alternative
tests or computer simulation exercises can be agreed between the DNO,
NGESO, the relevant Transmission Licensee (as applicable) and the
Anchor Generator. Where it is identified that routine testing which is
critical to restoration of the Total System cannot be undertaken, because of
the effect on Customers’ supplies, consideration should be given to
network reconfiguration where such a change is technically and
economically viable.
(m) If required by the DRZP and requested by the DNO, the Anchor Generator
will, following completion of (k) above, undertake a remote
Synchronisation test whereby the Anchor Power Generating Module is
Synchronised via a DNO circuit breaker to the Total System.
(n) NGESO and the DNO shall agree with the Anchor Generator when the
test has been completed in accordance with the test requirements of the
DRZP.
DOC5.7.3.3 Anchor Power Station Test
(a) Prior to the test, the DNO shall reconfigure the DNO’s Distribution
System as necessary to enable the Anchor Power Station Test to be
completed whilst having due regard for the safety of Plant and personnel
on the DNO’s Distribution System.
(b) All Anchor Power Generating Modules at the Anchor Power Station,
other than the Anchor Power Generating Module on which the
Restoration Service Test is to be carried out, and all the auxiliary power
supplies at the Anchor Power Station, shall be Shutdown.
(c) The relevant Anchor Power Generating Module shall start the test
sequence Loaded in normal operation.
(d) The relevant Anchor Power Generating Module shall be Deloaded and
De-Synchronised.
(e) All external alternating current electrical supplies to the electrical systems
of the relevant Anchor Power Generating Module, and to the Power
Station electrical installation of the relevant Anchor Power Station, shall
be disconnected.
(f) An independent auxiliary power supply at the Anchor Power Station shall
be used to re-energise either directly, or via the Power Station electrical
installation, the electrical supplies to the relevant Anchor Power
Generating Module.
(g) The provisions of DOC5.7.3.2 (f) through to (m) shall thereafter be
followed.
(h) NGESO and the DNO shall agree with the Anchor Generator when the
test has been completed in accordance with the test requirements of the
DRZP.
DOC5.7.3.4 Quick Resynchronisation Unit Test
(a) If required by the Distribution Restoration Contract, the Quick Re-
synchronisation unit test will be included as part of the Anchor Power
Generating Module Test. The following requirements apply:
Page 110 of 209
04 March 2024
i. In case of disconnection of the Anchor Power Generating Module
from the System, the Power Generating Module shall be capable of
Quick Re-synchronisation in line with the Protection strategy
agreed between the DNO and Anchor Generator in co-ordination
with NGESO;
ii. An Anchor Power Generating Module with a minimum Re-
Synchronisation time greater than 15 minutes after its disconnection
from any external power supply must be capable of houseload
operation from any operating point on its Anchor Power
Generating Module performance chart. In this case, the
identification of houseload operation must not be based solely on
switchgear position signals;
iii. Anchor Power Generating Modules shall be capable of houseload
operation, irrespective of any auxiliary connection to the Total
System. The minimum operation time shall be specified by the
DNO, in liaison with NGESO, taking into consideration the specific
characteristics of prime mover technology.
(b) The tests shall be performed as follows:
i. The relevant Anchor Power Generating Module shall be
Synchronised and Loaded;
ii. All the auxiliary power sources used at the Anchor Power Power
Station in which that Anchor Power Generating Module is situated
shall be Shutdown.
iii. The Anchor Power Generating Module shall be tripped to house
load.
iv. The relevant Anchor Power Generating Module shall be
Synchronised but not Loaded, unless so instructed by the DNO.
(c) NGESO and the DNO shall agree with the Anchor Generator when the test
has been completed in accordance with the test requirements of the DRZP.
DOC5.7.3.5 Tests for other Restoration Services
(a) Prior to the test, the DNO will reconfigure its System as necessary to enable
the test of the relevant Equipment to be completed whilst having due regard
for the safety of Plant and personnel on its System.
(b) The relevant Plant and/or Apparatus shall be operating normally, ie in the
operational state it is anticipated to be in before the occurrence of a
Shutdown;
(c) All the auxiliary power supplies which relate to the relevant Plant and/or
Apparatus shall be Shutdown.
(d) The Plant and/or Apparatus shall be De-Loaded, De-Synchronised and
Shutdown as appropriate and all alternating current electrical supplies to its
auxiliaries shall be disconnected.
(e) The auxiliary power supplies at the to the relevant Plant and/or Apparatus
shall be made available and shall re-energise the unit board (or equivalent) of
the relevant Plant and/or Apparatus.
(f) The auxiliaries of the relevant Plant and/or Apparatus shall be fed by the
Page 111 of 209
04 March 2024
auxiliary power supplies, via the unit board (or equivalent), to enable the
relevant Plant and/or Apparatus to return to a condition when it is ready to
be reconnected and/or Synchronised to the DNO’s System.
(g) Relevant Plant and/or Apparatus shall be Synchronised but not Loaded,
unless appropriate instruction has been specifically given to the Restoration
Contractor by the DNO, following instruction from NGESO to the DNO
under BC2 of the Grid Code which would also be in accordance with the
requirements of the DRZP and Distribution Restoration Contract.
(h) The DNO and NGESO shall agree with the Restoration Contractor when
the test has been completed in accordance with the test requirements of the
DRZP.
DOC5.7.3.6 Restoration Contractors Power Resilience
(a) At least every three years all Restoration Contractors shall undertake tests
to provide assurance that the resilient back up power supplies necessary for
the operation of the relevant Equipment comply with the requirements of
DPC6.8.3.
(b) At least every three years all Restoration Contractors shall provide
assurance that all of their Equipment is cyber secure as required by
DPC6.8.4.
DOC5.7.3.7 Telephony Tests
Restoration Contractors shall initiate a system capability validation of the mains
independent telephony system between them and the DNO at least once in every
12 month period.
DOC5.7.3.8 Distribution Restoration Zone Control System Tests
Where the DNO uses a Distribution Restoration Zone Control System as part
of the implementation of a DRZP, the DNO shall undertake tests to ensure, or
otherwise demonstrate, the correct functioning of the Distribution Restoration
Zone Control System. These shall be in accordance with the requirements of the
Distribution Restoration Zone Control System standard as specified in the
relevant electrical standards listed in the annex to the General Conditions in the
Grid Code.
The DNO shall conduct the above assurance activities at least once every three
years. Restoration Contractors shall co-operate with the DNO in facilitating
these tests.
DOC5.7.4 Test Failures/Re-Tests and Disputes
DOC5.7.4.1 An Anchor Power Generating Module shall fail the test if it cannot be
demonstrated that it has Anchor Power Generating Module capability as
required by the applicable Distribution Restoration Contract.
DOC5.7.4.2 Other Restoration Contractors’ Plant or Apparatus shall fail the test if it fails
to Synchronise to the system and to provide the Active Power or Reactive Power
output in accordance with that agreed in the applicable Distribution Restoration
Contract.
DOC5.7.4.3 The DNO shall notify NGESO where any such failure has an impact on the
DNO’s ability to activate a Distribution Restoration Zone.
Page 112 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC5.7.4.4 If any Restoration Contractor’s Plant or Apparatus fails to pass a Restoration
Service Test the Restoration Contractor must provide the DNO and NGESO
with a written report specifying in reasonable detail the reasons for any failure of
the test so far as they are then known to the Restoration Contractor. This must
be provided within five Business Days of the test. If a dispute arises relating to
the failure, the DNO, NGESO and the relevant Restoration Contractor shall
seek to resolve the dispute by discussion. To aid resolution of the dispute the
Restoration Contractor may request the DNO and NGESO to carry out a further
Restoration Service Test on 48 hours notice from the Restoration Contractor
which shall be carried out following the procedure set out in sections DOC5.7.3.2
to DOC5.7.3.5 as the case may be.
DOC5.7.4.5 If the Restoration Contractor’s Plant or Apparatus concerned fails to pass the
re-test and a dispute arises on that re-test, the parties may use the CUSC Disputes
Resolution Procedure for a ruling in relation to the dispute, which ruling shall be
binding.
DOC5.7.4.6 If following the procedure in DOC5.7.4.4 and DOC5.7.4.5 it is accepted that the
Restoration Contractor’s Plant or Apparatus has failed the Restoration
Service Test (or a re-test carried out under OC5.7.2.7), within 14 days, or such
longer period as the DNO and NGESO may reasonably agree, following such
failure, the relevant Restoration Contractor shall submit to the DNO and
NGESO in writing for approval, the date and time by which that Restoration
Contractor shall have brought the relevant Plant or Apparatus back to a suitable
state and would pass the Restoration Service Test, and the DNO and NGESO
will not unreasonably withhold or delay its approval of the Restoration
Contractor’s proposed date and time submitted. Should the DNO and NGESO
not approve the Restoration Contractor’s proposed date and time (or any revised
proposal) the Restoration Contractor shall revise such proposal having regard
to any comments the DNO and NGESO may have made and resubmit it for
approval.
DOC5.7.4.7 Once the Restoration Contractor has indicated to the DNO and NGESO that the
Restoration Contractor’s Plant or Apparatus has been restored to a suitable
state, the DNO and NGESO shall either accept this information or require the
Restoration Contractor to demonstrate that the relevant Plant or Apparatus has
its capability restored, by means of a repetition of the Restoration Service Test
referred to in DOC5.7.2.4 following the same procedure as for the initial
Restoration Service Test. The provisions of this DOC5.7 will apply to such test.
DOC5.7.5 Awareness and training
DOC5.7.5.1 The DNO will participate with NGESO in regular exercising of Restoration
Plans. Restoration Contractors shall participate in the tests of those plans in
relation to their Distribution Restoration Contracts.
DOC5.7.5.2 Notwithstanding other testing requirements, Restoration Contractors will
undertake shared desktop training and exercises with the DNO and NGESO at
least once every three years on a per contract basis to confirm:
(a) That Restoration Plans are robust and sufficiently able to satisfy the
requirements for System Restoration.
(b) There is a high level of confidence that Restoration Contractors will be
able to deliver the service they have contracted to provide.
(c) There is a high level of confidence that Restoration Contractors’
Equipment will be able to satisfy the requirements of DPC6.7.2.
Page 113 of 209
04 March 2024
(d) There is a high level of assurance that Restoration Plans will be capable
of contributing to the restoration of those sections of the System that
they have been designed to re-establish.
(e) That Restoration Contractors have contingency arrangements in place
in order for them to receive and act upon instructions issued by DNO for
a period of upto 72 hours following the loss of site supplies.
(f) Ensure all communications systems used satisfy the minimum
requirements of DPC6.7 and DPC6.8.
DOC5.7.5.3 As part of these exerises, Restoration Contractors are required to inform the
DNO of any assumptions they make and any reasons why they would be unable
to fufil their obligations.
Page 114 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC6 DEMAND CONTROL
DOC6.1 Introduction
DOC6.1 Introduction
DOC6.1.1 This Distribution Operating Code DOC6 is concerned with the provisions to be
made by the DNO and Users with Systems connected to the DNO’s Distribution
System in certain circumstances, to permit reductions in Demand in the event of
insufficient output from Power Generating Modules, and transfers from External
Interconnections being available to meet Demand or to avoid disconnection of
Customers or in the event of breakdown and/or operating problems (such as in
respect of System Frequency, System voltage levels or System thermal overloads)
on any part of the National Electricity Transmission System and/or the DNO’s
DOC6.1.2 This Distribution Operating Code deals with the following methods of Demand
Control:-
(a) Customer Voltage Reduction, initiated by the DNO (other than following an
instruction from NGESO);
(b) Customer Demand reduction by disconnection initiated by the DNO (other
than following an instruction from NGESO);
(c) Customer Demand reduction instructed by NGESO;
(d) Automatic low frequency Demand disconnection; or
(e) Emergency manual Demand disconnection.
The term “Demand Control” is used to describe any or all of these methods of
achieving a Demand reduction.
Data relating to Demand Control should be expressed in MW.
DOC6.1.3 The situation where it is necessary to reduce Demand due to Civil Emergencies is
dealt with in Distribution Operating Code, DOC9.
The Electricity Supply Emergency Code issued by the lead government department
for energy emergencies (as amended from time to time) provides that in certain
circumstances consumers are given a certain degree of “protection” when rota
disconnections are implemented pursuant to a direction under the Energy Act 1976.
No such protection can be given under the Grid Code or this section of the
Distribution Code except:
(a) In relation to Customer Demand reduction by disconnection initiated by the

DNO in accordance with DOC6.1.2 (b); and
(b) In relation to those Demand disconnection stages referenced in
DOC6.4.3 (a), DOC6.4.3 (b)(ii) and DOC6.4.5.
In which case protection may be given, where technically feasible, to pre-

designated protected sites, although, even in these situations, protection cannot be
guaranteed. The list of pre-designated protected sites is compiled and kept up to
Page 115 of 209
04 March 2024
date by DNOs in accordance with the terms set out in the Electricity Supply
Emergency Code.
DOC6.1.4 Connections between any Power Station comprising Power Generating

Module(s) which comprise or contain BM Units which are active (ie submitting
bid-offer data) in the Balancing Mechanism and a DNO’s Distribution System
will not, as far as is possible, be disconnected by a DNO pursuant to the provisions
of DOC6 insofar as that would interrupt supplies.
(a) For the purpose of operation of the Power Station (including start-up and
shutting down).
(b) For the purposes of keeping the Power Station in a state that it could be started-
up when it is off–load for ordinary operational reasons.
(c) For the purpose of compliance with the requirements of a Nuclear Site Licence.
Demand Control pursuant to this DOC6 therefore applies subject to this exception.
DOC6.1.5 The control of Demand Control between the DNO’s Distribution System and the
National Electricity Transmission System will be carried out in accordance with
Operating Code of the Grid Code and is outwith the scope of this Distribution
Operating Code.
DOC6.2 Objective
To establish procedures to enable the DNO, following an instruction of NGESO or

otherwise, to achieve reduction in Demand that will either avoid or relieve
operating problems on the National Electricity Transmission System and/or the
DNO’s Distribution System, in whole or in part in a manner that does not
discriminate against or unduly prefer any one or any group of Suppliers or their
Customers or Other Authorised Distributors in accordance with the
Distribution Licence.
DOC6.3 Scope
This Distribution Operating Code will apply to the DNO and to Users which in
this Distribution Operating Code means:
(a) Customers (it is not intended that the Distribution Code shall apply to small
Customers individually).
(c) Other Authorised Distributor connected to the DNO’s Distribution System.
DOC6.3.2 Implementation of Demand Control by the DNO may affect all Suppliers’
Customers and where applicable, contractual arrangements between Suppliers and
their Customers may need to reflect this.
DOC6.4 Operational System Load Reduction Arrangements
DOC6.4.1 The DNO will arrange within its DNO’s Distribution System a scheme to reduce
load in a controlled manner by reducing voltage and/or by disconnecting
Customers and/or Users.
Page 116 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC6.4.2 A System of warnings will be contained within the load reduction arrangements to
give notice, wherever practical, of impending implementation.
DOC6.4.3 The DNO will arrange to have available within the DNO’s Distribution System,
four or five stages of Demand Control.
(a) Where four stages are made available they shall comprise four Demand
disconnection stages each of which can reasonably be expected to deliver
between four and six percent Demand reduction.
(b) Where five stages are made available they shall comprise:
(i) Two Voltage Reduction stages between two and four percent, each of
which can reasonably be expected to deliver around 1.5 percent
Demand reduction; and
(ii) Three Demand disconnection stages, each of which can reasonably be
expected to deliver between four and six percent Demand reduction.
As stated in DOC6.1.3, protection may be given, where technically feasible, in
relation to those Demand disconnection stages referred to in DOC6.4.3 and
DOC6.4.5, although, even in these situations protection cannot be guaranteed.
DOC6.4.4 The groups will be arranged so that disconnection can take place uniformly across
the DNO’s Distribution System, and as far as practicable uniformly between Grid
Supply Points.
DOC6.4.5 The DNO will arrange to have available a scheme to implement a further four stages
of Demand Control, each of which can reasonably be expected to deliver between
4% and 6% Demand reduction, upon receipt of a suitable warning from NGESO
which will be issued by 1600 hrs on the previous day.
The DNO will arrange to have available a scheme to implement further twelve
stages of Demand Control, each of which can reasonably be expected to deliver
between 4% and 6% Demand reduction.
DOC6.4.6 Embedded Generators, Suppliers, Customers and Other Authorised

Distributors connected to the DNO’s Distribution System will need to be
considered in the preparation of DNO’s Demand Control schemes.
DOC6.4.7 The DNO shall issue instructions to such Users of the DNO’s Distribution System
who are required to disconnect or reconnect and the User shall carry out the
instructions without delay.
DOC6.4.8 Once a disconnection has been applied at the instruction of the DNO, the User shall
not reconnect until the DNO instructs the User to do so in accordance with this
Distribution Operating Code.
DOC6.4.9 The Users shall abide by the instructions of the DNO with regard to reconnection
under this Distribution Operating Code without delay.
DOC6.4.10 Where disconnection is envisaged by the DNO to be prolonged, the DNO may
utilise disconnection rotas where 5 per cent groups are interchanged to ensure (so
far as practicable) equitable treatment of Customers, provided that the proportion
of total Demand disconnected at all times does not change.
Page 117 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC6.5 Automatic Low Frequency Demand Disconnection
DOC6.5.1 The DNO shall provide automatic low frequency disconnection in stages by
tripping relays to disconnect at least 40% of the DNO’s Distribution System Peak
Demand in Scotland and 60% of the DNO’s Distribution System Peak Demand
in England and Wales (based on the winter peak value), in order to seek to limit the
consequences of the loss of a major source of generation or an Event on the
National Electricity Transmission System which leaves part of the Total System
with a generation deficit.
DOC6.5.2 The Demand subject to automatic low frequency disconnection shall be split into
discrete blocks. The number, location and size of the blocks and the associated low
frequency settings will be as specified by the DNO. The intention is that the
distribution of the blocks will be such as to give a reasonably uniform application
throughout the DNO’s Distribution System, but may take into account any
operational requirements and the essential nature of certain Demand.
DOC6.5.3 Where conditions are such that, following automatic low frequency disconnection,
it is not possible to restore all or a great proportion of those Customers so
disconnected within a reasonable period of time, the DNO may instruct, at any time,
further manual load disconnection and instruct a portion of the Customers which
were disconnected by automatic low frequency disconnection to be restored in order
that any further fall in Frequency will be contained by operation of automatic low
frequency disconnection.
DOC6.5.4 Once an automatic low frequency disconnection has taken place, it shall not be
reconnected until the DNO instructs to do so in accordance with this Distribution
Operating Code.
DOC6.5.5 Each Supplier and Other Authorised Distributor shall abide by the instructions
of the DNO with regard to reconnection under this Distribution Operating Code
without delay.
DOC6.5.6 In addition, Embedded Generators may wish to disconnect, automatically or

manually, their plant from the System to which it is connected at certain frequency
levels. Any such disconnection will be agreed with the DNO on connection to the
DNO’s Distribution System in accordance with the Distribution Planning and
Connection Code.
DOC6.6 Emergency Manual Disconnection of Demand
DOC6.6.1 The DNO shall make such arrangements as are necessary to enable it to disconnect
Customers under emergency conditions irrespective of frequency.
DOC6.6.2 The DNO shall annually, by the end of September, prepare schedules with details,
on a Grid Supply Point basis and including arrangements with Users, of the
percentage block of Demand at that Grid Supply Point available for manual
disconnection, the method of disconnection to be used and the timescale of the
implementation of disconnection of each block.
DOC6.6.3 The scheme will be designed to be called into operation irrespective of System
Frequency, and to be implemented in predetermined timescales to disconnect
Demand progressively.
Page 118 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC6.6.4 Customers and Other Authorised Distributors may be required to provide
manual disconnection facilities. Where required by the DNO to disconnect load,
each Customer or Other Authorised Distributor shall abide by the instructions
of the DNO with regard to disconnection under this Distribution Operating Code
without delay and the instructed disconnection must be completed without undue
delay.
DOC6.6.5 Once a disconnection has been applied at the instruction of the DNO reconnection
shall not be applied until the DNO instructs it to be done in accordance with this
Distribution Operating Code.
DOC6.6.6 Each Customer and Other Authorised Distributor shall abide by the instructions
of the DNO with regard to reconnection under this Distribution Operating Code
without delay.
DOC6.7 Co-ordination of Actions
DOC6.7.1 Where Demand Control is exercised by the DNO in order to safeguard the DNO’s
Distribution System the DNO will liaise with and inform Users accordingly so far
as is practical.
DOC6.7.2 Where Demand Control is exercised by the DNO on instruction or request from
NGESO in order to safeguard the Total System then the DNO is required to
respond to these requests promptly but will liaise with and inform other Users so
far as is practical.
Page 119 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC7 OPERATIONAL LIAISON
DOC7.1 Introduction
DOC7.1.1 This Distribution Operating Code DOC7sets out the requirements for the
exchange of information in relation to Operations and/or Events on the DNO’s
Distribution System and on the immediately adjacent parts of adjoining Systems
which have had (or may have had), or will have (or may have) an Operational
Effect.
(a) on the DNO’s Distribution System or on the System of any other User in the
case of an Operation and/or Event occurring on the System of a User, and
(b) on the System of a User in the case of an Operation and/or Event occurring
on the DNO’s Distribution System or the National Electricity Transmission
System,
where no requirement for liaison is specified in any other section of the
Distribution Code.
DOC7.1.2 The requirement to notify in DOC7 relates generally to communicating what has
happened or what is to happen and not the reasons why. However, DOC7 provides,
when an Event has occurred on the DNO’s Distribution System which itself has
been caused by (or exacerbated by) an Operation or Event on a User’s System,
the DNO in reporting the Event on the DNO’s Distribution System to a User can
pass on what it has been told by the User in relation to the Operation on that User’s
System.
DOC7.2 Objective
To provide for the exchange of information so that the implications of the

Operation and/or Event can be considered and the possible risks arising from it
can be assessed and appropriate action taken by the relevant party in order to
maintain the integrity of the Total System and the User’s System. This
Distribution Operating Code does not seek to deal with any actions arising from
the exchange of information, but merely with that exchange.
DOC7.3 Scope
This Distribution Operating Code applies to the DNO and to Users, which in this
Distribution Operating Code means:-
(a) High Voltage Customers.

(b) Embedded Generators connected to the DNO’s Distribution System.
System.
(d) Suppliers on behalf of their Customers where appropriate.
Page 120 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC7.4 Communications
DOC7.4.1 The DNO and each User connected to the DNO’s Distribution System will
establish communication channels to make effective the exchange of information
required by DOC7.
DOC7.4.2 Communication should, as far as possible, be direct between the User and the
operator of the network to which that User is connected.
DOC7.4.3 Information between a DNO and Users will be exchanged on the reasonable request
of either party. The request may follow a specific Operation or Event, or be in
accordance with a prior agreement to exchange information on particular types of
Operation or Event.
This does not preclude the voluntary exchange of information which may be
perceived as being relevant to the operation of the DNO or User System, in
accordance with good operating practice.
DOC7.5 Requirement to notify Operations
DOC7.5.1 Notification Requirements
DOC7.5.1.1 In the case of an Operation on the DNO’s Distribution System or on receipt of

notification of an Operation on the National Electricity Transmission System,
which will have or may, in the opinion of the DNO, have an Operational Effect
on the System of a User connected to the DNO’s Distribution System, the DNO
will notify the User in accordance with DOC7.
DOC7.5.1.2 In the case of an Operation on the System of a User connected to the DNO’s
Distribution System, which, in the opinion of the User, will have or may have an
Operational Effect on the DNO’s Distribution System, the User will notify the
DNO in accordance with DOC7.
DOC7.5.1.3 An Operation may be caused by another Operation or an Event on another’s

System and in such situations the information to be notified is different from that
where the Operation arose independently of any other Operation or Event.
DOC7.5.1.4 Whilst in no way limiting the general requirement to notify in advance as set out in
this part of this Distribution Operating Code, DOC7.5, the following are
examples of circumstances where notification may be required in accordance with
this Distribution Operating Code:-
(a) The implementation of a scheduled outage of Plant and/or Apparatus which

has been arranged pursuant to Distribution Operating Code DOC2.
(b) The Operation (other than, in the case of a User, at the instruction of the DNO)
of a circuit breaker or isolator or any sequence or combination of the two,
including any temporary over-stressing, System parallels, or Power
Generating Module synchronising.
(c) Voltage control.
Page 121 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC7.5.2 Form of Notification
DOC7.5.2.1 A notification under DOC7.5.1 will be of sufficient detail to describe the

Operation, although it need not state the cause, and to enable the recipient of the
notification reasonably to consider and assess the implications and risks arising and
will include the name of the individual reporting the Operation on behalf of the
DNO or the User, as the case may be. The recipient may seek clarification of the
notification.
DOC7.5.2.2 The notification may be written or oral. Written notification must be of an

immediate form such as electronic mail. Where the notification is oral, it shall be
written down by the sender and be dictated to the recipient who shall write it down
and repeat each phrase as received and on completion shall repeat the notification
in full to the sender and check that it has been accurately recorded.
DOC7.5.3 Timing
A notification under DOC7.5.12 shall be given in sufficient time as will reasonably

allow the recipient to consider and assess the implications and risks arising, and to
undertake mitigating actions.
DOC7.6 Requirement to Notify Events
DOC7.6.1 Notification Requirements
DOC7.6.1.1 In the case of an Event on the DNO’s Distribution System or on receipt of

notification of an Event on the National Electricity Transmission System, which,
in the opinion of the DNO, might have had or will have an Operational Effect on
the System of a User connected to the DNO’s Distribution System, the DNO will
notify the User in accordance with this DOC7. This does not preclude any User
asking the DNO, to whose System he is connected, for information regarding the
Event which has affected the User’s System.
DOC7.6.1.2 In the case of an Event on the System of a User connected to the DNO’s
Distribution System, which has had or may have had an Operational Effect on
the DNO’s Distribution System or on the National Electricity Transmission
System, the User will notify the DNO in accordance with this DOC7.
DOC7.6.1.3 An Event may be caused by (or exacerbated by) another Event or by an Operation
on another’s System and in that situation the information to be notified is different
from that where the Event arose independently or any other Event or Operation.
DOC7.6.1.4 Whilst in no way limiting the general requirement to notify set out in this part of
this Distribution Operating Code, DOC7.6, the following are examples of
circumstances where notification may be required in accordance with this
Distribution Operating Code:-
(a) Where Plant and/or Apparatus is being operated in excess of its capability or
may present a hazard to personnel.
(b) The actuation of an alarm or indication of an abnormal operating condition.
(c) Adverse weather conditions being experienced or forecast.
Page 122 of 209
04 March 2024
(d) Breakdown of, or faults on, or temporary changes in the capabilities of, Plant
and/or Apparatus including Protection control, communications and
metering equipment.
(e) Increased risk of inadvertent Protection operation.
DOC7.6.2 Form of Notification
DOC7.6.2.1 A notification under DOC7.6.1of an Event, although it need not state the cause,
shall be of sufficient detail to enable the recipient of the notification to reasonably
consider and assess the implications and risks arising. Details of the Event should
include the timescale and the probability of repeat occurrences within a period. The
recipient may seek clarification of the notification.
DOC7.6.2.2 The notification may be written or oral. Written notification must be of an

immediate form such as electronic mail. Except in an emergency situation any oral
notification shall, be written down by the sender and dictated to the recipient who
shall write it down and repeat each phrase as received and on completion shall
repeat the notification in full to the sender and check that it has been accurately
recorded.
DOC7.6.3 Timing
A notification under DOC7.6.1 shall be given as soon as practicable after the

occurrence of the Event, or time that the Event is known of or anticipated by the
giver of the notification under this Distribution Operating Code DOC7.
DOC7.7 System Control
DOC7.7.1 Where a part of a DNO’s Distribution System is, by agreement, under the System
Control of the National Electricity Transmission System Control Centre then
the requirements and provisions of the Grid Code shall apply to that situation as
if that DNO’s Distribution System was the National Electricity Transmission
System
DOC7.7.2 Where a part of a User’s System is, by agreement, under the System Control of a
Distribution Control Centre the DNO, then the requirements and provisions of this
Distribution Operating Code shall apply to that situation as if that System was
part of the DNO’s Distribution System.
DOC7.8. Significant Incidents
DOC7.8.1 Where an Event on the DNO’s Distribution System or the National Electricity
Transmission System or the System of a User, in the opinion of the DNO, has had
or may have had a significant effect on the System of any of the others, the Event
shall be reported in writing to the owner of the System affected in accordance with
the provisions of Distribution Operating Code DOC10. Such an Event will be
termed a “Significant Incident”.
DOC7.8.2 Where the DNO notifies a User of an Event under DOC7, which the User considers
has had or may have a significant effect on that User’s System, that User will
require the DNO to report that Event in writing and will notify the DNO
accordingly. Such an Event will also be termed a “Significant Incident”.
Page 123 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC7.8.3 Without limiting the general description set out in DOC7.8.1 or DOC7.4.10.2 a
Significant Incident will include Events which result in, or may result in, the
following:
(a) Voltage outside statutory limits.

(b) System Frequency outside statutory limits.
(c) System instability.
Page 124 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC8 SAFETY CO-ORDINATION
DOC8.1 Introduction
DOC8.1.1 This Distribution Operating Code DOC8 specifies the Safety Management
System criteria to be applied by the DNO and Users for the co-ordination,
establishment and maintenance of necessary Safety Precautions when work or
testing is to be carried out on Plant and/or Apparatus of the DNO or a User and
where for this to be done safely, isolation on and/or earthing of the other’s System
is needed. This Distribution Operating Code does not apply to the situation where
Safety Precautions need to be agreed solely between Users.
DOC8.1.2 This Distribution Operating Code does not seek to impose a particular set of
Safety Rules on the DNO and Users. The Safety Rules to be adopted and used by
the DNO and each User shall be those chosen by each.
DOC8.2 Objectives
To lay down requirements with a view to ensuring safety of persons working at or

across Operational and Ownership Boundaries between the DNO’s Distribution
System and Users’ Systems.
DOC8.3 Scope
This Distribution Operating Code DOC8 specifies the Safety Management

System criteria to be applied by the DNO and all Users of the DNO’s Distribution
System at or across an Operational Boundary, Users for the purposes of this
Distribution Operating Code being:-

(b) Embedded Generators, but excluding the OTSO.
System.
(d) Meter Operators.
(e) Any other party reasonably specified by the DNO including Users with
Unmetered Supply and those connected at Low Voltage for appropriate
sections of DOC8 where necessary.
DOC8.4 Operational Safety
DOC8.4.1 Approved Safety Management Systems
DOC8.4.1.1 At each site or location where an Operational Boundary exists, a Safety

Management System specifying the principles and procedures to be applied so as
to ensure the health and safety of all who are liable to be working or testing on the
DNO’s Distribution System, or on Plant and Apparatus connected to it, will be
established by the DNO and Users. For interfaces involving HV Systems this shall
include the provision for Control Person(s), a system of documentation and the
establishment of Safety Precautions.
Page 125 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC8.4.2 Authorised Persons
DOC8.4.2.1 The DNO and every User shall at all times have nominated a person or persons to
be responsible for the co-ordination of safety pursuant to this Distribution
Operating Code, those persons being referred to in this Distribution Operating
Code as Control Persons. (Under the conditions of the DNO’s Safety Rules a
Control Person may either be at the DNO’s Distribution Control Centre or be a
person authorised in accordance with DOC8.4.2.2, who is at the site or location of
the Operational Boundary).
DOC8.4.2.2 Control Persons and persons concerned with the carrying out of Safety
Precautions and work on or testing of Plant and Apparatus forming part of, or
connected to, the DNO’s Distribution System shall have a written authorisation
designating their role in implementing the Safety Management System.
DOC8.4.2.3 The written authorisation shall indicate the class of Operation and/or the class of
work permitted and the parts of the System, the DNO and/or Users, to which the
written authorisation shall apply.
DOC8.4.3 System of Documentation
DOC8.4.3.1 A system of documentation shall be maintained by the DNO and the appropriate
Users which will record the inter-system Safety Precautions taken when:-
(a) Work and/or testing is to be carried out on HV Plant and/or Apparatus across
the Operational Boundary.
(b) Isolation and/or earthing of the other’s System is required.
DOC8.4.3.2 Where relevant, copies of the Safety Management Systems and related
documentation shall be exchanged between the DNO and Users for each
Operational Boundary.
DOC8.4.3.3 The DNO and Users shall maintain a suitable system of documentation which
records all relevant operational events that have taken place on the DNO’s
Distribution System or any other System connected to it and the co-ordination of
relevant Safety Precautions for work.
DOC8.4.3.4 All documentation relevant to the Operation of the Distribution System, and
Safety Precautions taken for work or tests, shall be held by the DNO and the
appropriate User for a period of not less than six months.
DOC8.4.4 Safety Precautions
The establishment of Safety Precautions involves:-
(a) the isolation from the remainder of the System of Plant and/or Apparatus,
including from Low Voltage infeeds, either by an Isolating Device in the
isolating position and immobilised and locked or by other means of rendering
the Plant or Apparatus Isolated, and/or
(b) the earthing by way of providing a connection between a conductor and earth
by using an Earthing Device which is applied and where reasonably
practicable, immobilised and locked, the extent of the Safety Precautions
required being determined pursuant to this Distribution Operating Code.
Page 126 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC8.5 Environmental Safety
DOC8.5.1 Site Safety and Security
DOC8.5.1.1 Arrangements shall be made by the DNO and Users to ensure site safety and
security as required by statutory requirements.
DOC8.5.1.2 Suitable arrangements shall be agreed between the DNO and the relevant Users to
provide free and unrestricted access to the DNO’s Plant and Apparatus at
substations or similar by the DNO’s personnel or their designated representatives
at all times.
DOC8.5.2 Site Specific Hazards
Suitable arrangements shall be made by the DNO and/or the relevant Users to
ensure that personnel are warned by an appropriate means of hazards specific to
any site, before entering any area of the site. This shall include hazards that may
be temporary or permanent. Where these risks include contamination or similar,
suitable decontamination facilities and procedures shall be provided.
DOC8.6.1 Schedules of Responsibility
DOC8.6.1.1 The DNO and Users shall jointly agree and set down in writing schedules
specifying the responsibilities for System Control of Equipment. These shall
ensure that only one party is responsible for any item of Plant or Apparatus at any
one time.
DOC8.6.1.2 Pursuant to the Distribution Planning and Connection Code, Site Responsibility
Schedules specifying the responsibilities for ownership, operation and maintenance
shall be jointly agreed by the DNO and the appropriate User(s) for each site or
location where an Operational Boundary or joint responsibility exists. This will
include Operation Diagrams illustrating sufficient information for Control
Persons to carry out their duties which shall be exchanged by the DNO and the
appropriate User.
DOC8.6.1.3 A copy of the Site Responsibility Schedules and Operation Diagrams shall be
retained by the DNO and the appropriate User(s). Site Responsibility Schedules
and Operation Diagrams shall be maintained by the DNO and the appropriate
User(s) and exchanged as necessary to ensure that they reflect the current
agreements.
DOC8.6.2 Outage Co-ordination
DOC8.6.2.1 For those Users connected at HV and having firm supply connections (provided by
more than one circuit) and where the User so requests the DNO, these schedules
shall identify those specified DNO circuits on which Planned Outages by the DNO
shall be notified to the User. These specified circuits will be those where the DNO
and the User have agreed that during outages of the specified circuits the User can
introduce measures to manage critical processes or safety aspects. These specified
circuits will usually operate at the voltage level at which the supply is provided and
will have a significant effect on the security level of the User’s supply.
Page 127 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC8.6.2.2 Those Users connected at HV and not having firm supply connections (provided
by more than one circuit) may seek to obtain outage planning information through
arrangements with the DNO.
DOC8.6.3 Nomination of Control Persons
The DNO and each User shall at all times have nominated a Control Person or
Control Persons responsible for co-ordination of Safety From The System
pursuant to this Distribution Operating Code.
DOC8.6.4 Communications
DOC8.6.4.1 Where the DNO reasonably specifies the need, suitable communication systems
shall be established between the DNO and other Users to ensure the control
function is carried out in a safe and secure manner.
DOC8.6.4.2 Where the DNO reasonably decides a back up or alternative routing of

communication is necessary to provide for the safe and secure Operation of the
DNO’s Distribution System the means shall be agreed with the appropriate Users.
DOC8.6.4.3 Schedules of telephone numbers/call signs shall be exchanged by the DNO and
appropriate User to enable control activities to be efficiently co-ordinated.
DOC8.6.4.4 The DNO and appropriate Users will establish 24-hour availability of personnel
with suitable authorisation where the joint operational requirements demand it.
DOC8.7 Procedures
DOC8.7.1 Pursuant to this Distribution Operating Code the Control Person and/or
Authorised Persons for each of the DNO and a User relating to the place where
Safety Precautions are required will contact each other to coordinate the Safety
Precautions, and the Control Person requesting Safety Precautions shall be
referred to as the “Requesting Control Person” and the Control Person being
requested and implementing the Safety Precautions shall be referred to as the
“Implementing Control Person”.
DOC8.7.2 Procedures shall be maintained by the DNO and the appropriate Users which
clearly specify the responsibility for System Control of Plant and Apparatus and
these shall ensure that only one Control Person is responsible for any item of Plant
and Apparatus at any one time.
DOC8.7.3 The operational procedures shall be in accordance with the Safety Management
System agreed between the DNO and the User(s).
Page 128 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC9 CONTINGENCY PLANNING
DOC9.1 Introduction
This Distribution Operating Code DOC9 sets out requirements and

procedures relating to the following planning procedures for abnormal
situations:
DOC9.1.1 System Restoration
This Distribution Operating Code DOC9 covers the requirements for the
implementation of System Restoration procedures following a Total Shutdown
or Partial Shutdown of the Total System as recognised by NGESO. The System
Restoration procedure provides for the recovery of the Total System in the
shortest possible time taking into account Power Station capabilities and the
operational constraints of the Total System, in accordance with the Grid Code
and the requirements of NGESO.
NGESO’s licence includes the obligation to comply with the Electricity System
Restoration Direction in relation to the restoration of electricity Demand in all
regions of GB.
Two principal recovery routes exist, via LJRPs, and via DRZPs collectively known
as Restoration Plans. Their requirements are described separately in this DOC9.
In practice and in order to re-establish the integrity of the Total System and
reconnect Demand in as short a time as possible, it is expected that NGESO will
activate LJRPs and DRZPs in parallel. Any LJRP and/or DRZP comprising
common DNO or Restoration Contractor assets cannot be activated at the same
time. However this would not preclude a LJRP or DRZP from being activated at
the same site(s) where there is segregation between them and the assets involved.
DOC9.1.2 Re-synchronising Islands
NGESO will co-ordinate the Resynchronisation of Power Islands in such cases

where there is no Total Shutdown or Partial Shutdown but parts of the Total
System are out of Synchronism with each other.
DOC9.1.3 Joint System Incident Procedure
The requirements for the establishment of a communication route and arrangements

between responsible representatives of the DNO and Users involved in, or who
may be involved in, an actual or potential serious or widespread Total System
disruption which requires or may require urgent managerial response, day or night.
DOC9.1.4 Civil Emergencies
The requirements for dealing with a Civil Emergency which under the Act is any
natural disaster or other emergency which, in the opinion of the Secretary of State,
is or may be likely to disrupt electricity supplies. The procedures may be similar
to, or separate from, the Demand reduction schemes in Distribution Operating
Code DOC6.
Page 129 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC9.2 Objectives
This Distribution Operating Code sets out Contingency Planning procedures to

enable co-ordination between all Users with a common approach to give uniformity
of priorities to restart or to operate the Total System in abnormal situations. It also
specifies requirements to be met during periods of declared civil emergencies.
DOC9.3 Scope
This Distribution Operating Code applies to the DNO and to Users which in this
Distribution Operating Code means, the Users specified below with a HV
connection to the DNO’s Distribution System:
(a) Customers (it is not intended that the Distribution Code shall apply to small
Customers individually).
System.
Any actions required of Users connected at HV will be identified by the DNO and
discussed with Users.
DOC9.4 System Restoration
DOC9.4.1 Shutdown
DOC9.4.1.1 During a Total Shutdown or Partial Shutdown and during the subsequent
recovery the Security Standards set out in, or deriving authority pursuant to, the
Transmission Licence and the Distribution Licence may not apply and the Total
System may be operated outside normal voltage and Frequency standards.
DOC9.4.1.2 In a Total Shutdown or Partial Shutdown, it may be necessary for NGESO

to issue emergency instructions and it may be necessary to depart from the
normal Balancing Mechanism operation in issuing bid-offer acceptances.
DOC.9.4.2 Local Joint Restoration Plans
DOC9.4.2.1 Certain Power Stations (which may or may not be Embedded) are recognised by
NGESO as having the ability of at least one of its Power Generating Modules to
start up from Shutdown without connections to external power supplies. Such
Power Stations are to be referred to as Anchor Power Stations.
DOC9.4.2.2 For each Anchor Power Station plans will be put in place, in accordance with the
Grid Code which, in the event of a Partial Shutdown or Total Shutdown, will
provide for the establishment of a Power Island. These plans are known as LJRPs,
produced jointly by NGESO, other relevant Transmission Licensees, the DNO
and the Anchor Generator. DNOs will be party to these Plans irrespective of
whether the Anchor Power Station is Embedded.
DOC9.4.3 Distribution Restoration Zone Plans
DOC9.4.3.1 Certain Embedded Power Stations are recognised by the DNO and NGESO as
having the capability of at least one of its Power Generating Modules to start up
from Shutdown without connections to external power supplies and be able to
Page 130 of 209
04 March 2024
energize part of the DNO’s Distribution System within 8 hours. Such Power
Stations where their owner has a Distribution Restoration Contract are referred
to as Anchor Power Stations, and their owners as Anchor Generators.
DOC9.4.3.2 For each Anchor Power Station plans will be put in place in accordance with the
Grid Code which, in the event of a Partial Shutdown or Total Shutdown, will
provide for the creation of a Power Island. These plans are known as DRZPs and
are a multi party agreement between NGESO, the DNO, Restoration Contractors
(including the Anchor Generator) and where necessary the relevant Transmission
Licensee.
DOC9.4.3.3 In Scotland a DRZP will be under the direction of the relevant Transmission
Licensee. Any instruction to activate a DRZP will be issued by the relevant
Transmission Licensee.
DOC9.4.4 Situations requiring System Restoration
In the event of a Total Shutdown or Partial Shutdown, the DNO will, as soon as
reasonably practicable, inform Users which, in the DNO’s opinion, need to be
informed that a Total Shutdown or, as the case may be, a Partial Shutdown, exists
and that NGESO intends to implement the System Restoration procedure.
In Scotland, in exceptional circumstances, as specified in the LJRP, the relevant

Transmission Licensee may invoke such LJRP for its own Transmission System
and operate within its provisions.
DOC9.4.5 System Restoration Recovery Procedure
DOC9.4.5.1 The procedure necessary for a recovery from a Total Shutdown or Partial
Shutdown is known as System Restoration, the main objective of which is the
restoration of the Total System as an integrated whole as soon as possible bearing
in mind the restoration of Customers. The procedure for a Partial Shutdown is
the same as that for a Total Shutdown except that it applies only to a part of the
Total System. It should be remembered that a Partial Shutdown may affect parts
of the Total System which are not themselves shut down.
DOC9.4.5.2 The complexities and uncertainties of recovery from a Total Shutdown or Partial
Shutdown require that System Restorationis sufficiently flexible in order to
accommodate the full range of Power Generating Module and Total System
characteristics and operational possibilities and this precludes the setting out of
concise chronological sequences. The overall strategy will in general include the
overlapping phases of establishment of isolated groups of Power Generating
Facilities together with complementary local Demand termed Power Islands, step
by step integration of these groups into larger sub-systems and eventually re-
establishment of a complete Total System.
DOC9.4.5.3 Where there are no Power Generating Facilities with a contracted System
Restoration capability within the DNO’s Distribution System, then restoration of
supply may be substantially delayed while the relevant Transmission Licensee re-
establishes the National Electricity Transmission System or part of the National
Electricity Transmission System from a restored Power Island. The DNO shall
re-appraise the priorities in these situations and restore supplies in accordance with
such priorities.
Page 131 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC9.4.6 Restoration Plan Establishment
The following process shall apply for the establishment of Restoration Plans:
DOC9.4.6.1 For a LJRP, NGESO will identify the need to introduce or modify a LJRP and
coordinate with the relevant parties as required in this DOC9.4.6.
DOC9.4.6.2 For a DRZP where NGESO and the DNO agree that introducing or modifying a
Distribution Restoration Zone may be beneficial, the DNO, NGESO, and the
relevant Transmission Licensee (where appropriate) shall explore the possibility
of establishing a DRZP as required in this DOC9.4.6.
DOC9.4.6.3 The DNO, NGESO and the relevant Transmission Licensee (where appropriate)
will discuss and agree the detail of a Restoration Plan as soon as reasonably
practicable after the potential requirement for a Restoration Plan is identified.
This may involve discussions between relevant potential Restoration Contractors,
the DNO and NGESO.
DOC9.4.6.4 For a DRZP an initial feasibility assessment carried out jointly by NGESO and the
DNO may result in NGESO running a procurement and/or tender process. If after
discussions or analysis, NGESO, the DNO and the relevant Transmission
Licensee (where appropriate) agree a DRZP is not viable, then no further work to
develop the DRZP needs to be carried out.
DOC9.4.6.5 The preparation of each Restoration Plan shall include a check whether any
network assets cited in each Restoration Plan are included in any other
Restoration Plan, and if so, all the LJRPs or DRZPs containing common assets
shall include a specific step that prohibits more than one of any of these Restoration
Plans from being activated at any one point in time.
DOC9.4.6.6 The Restoration Plan will record which Restoration Contractors and which
Restoration Contractor’s Equipment are covered by the Restoration Plan and
set out what is required from the DNO, NGESO, the relevant Transmission
Licensee and each Restoration Contractor should a System Restoration situation
arise.
DOC9.4.6.7 Restoration Plans may allow for one of several Restoration Contractors to take
the single role of the Anchor Generator within the plan and others to take the roles
of Top Up Restoration Contractors. Each Restoration Plan will only deploy
one Anchor Power Station when the Restoration Plan is activated, and on
activation one of the first tasks shall be the designation of the Anchor Generator
and confirmation of which parties are acting as Top Up Restoration Contractors.
DOC9.4.6.8 Each LJRP shall be prepared by NGESO and each DRZP shall be prepared by the
DNO. In both cases the Restoration Plan will be agreed between the DNO,
NGESO, the relevant Transmission Licensee and relevant Restoration
Contractors.
DOC9.4.6.9 Each page of a Restoration Plan shall bear a date of issue and the issue number.
DOC9.4.6.10 When a Restoration Plan has been prepared, it shall be sent to all parties involved
for confirmation of its accuracy.
Page 132 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC9.4.6.11 The Restoration Plan shall then (if its accuracy has been confirmed) be signed on
behalf of the DNO, NGESO, each relevant Transmission Licensee and each
relevant Restoration Contractor by way of written confirmation of its accuracy.
DOC9.4.6.12 Once agreed under this DOC9.4.6, the procedure will become a Restoration Plan
under the Grid Code and Distribution Code and (subject to any change pursuant
to this DOC9) will apply between the DNO, NGESO the relevant Transmission
Licensee and the relevant Restoration Contractors as if it were part of the Grid
Code and Distribution Code.
DOC9.4.6.13 A copy of each signed LJRP will be distributed by NGESO, to the DNO, the
relevant Transmission Licensee and to each Restoration Contractor who is a
party to it accompanied by a note indicating the date of implementation.
DOC9.4.6.14 A copy of each signed DRZP will be distributed by the DNO to NGESO, the
relevant Transmission Licensee and to each Restoration Contractor who is a
party to it accompanied by a note indicating the date of implementation.
DOC9.4.6.15 The DNO, NGESO, the relevant Transmission Licensee and Restoration
Contractors must make the Restoration Plan readily available to the relevant
operational staff.
DOC9.4.6.16 Each Restoration Plan will include the test criteria to be satisfied by each
Restoration Contractor’s Equipmentwhen subject to the testing requirements of
DOC5.7.3.
DOC9.4.6.17 If any party to a Restoration Plan, becomes aware that a change is needed to that
Restoration Plan, it shall in the case of LJRP contact NGESO or in the case of a
DRZP the DNO, to initiate a discussion between the DNO, NGESO and the
relevant parties to seek to agree the relevant change. The principles applying to
establishing or modifying a Restoration Plan under this DOC9.4.6 shall apply to
such discussions and to any consequent changes.
DOC9.4.7 Restoration Plan Testing
DOC.9.4.7.1 The DNO, NGESO, the relevant Transmission Licensee and the relevant
Restoration Contractors will conduct regular joint exercises of the Restoration
Plan(s) to which they are parties. The objectives of such exercises include:
• To test the effectiveness of the Restoration Plan(s);

• To provide for joint training of the parties in respect of the Restoration
Plans;
• To maintain the parties’ awareness and familiarity of the Restoration
Plans;
• To promote understanding of each parties’ roles under a Restoration
Plans; and
• To identify any improvement areas which should be incorporated in to
the Restoration Plans.
The principles applying to the establishment of a new Restoration Plans under
DOC9.4.6 shall apply to any changes to the Restoration Plans.
Page 133 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC9.4.7.2 NGESO in coordination with the DNO will propose to the other parties of a
Restoration Plans a date for the exercise to take place to be agreed with the other
parties. All the Restoration Plans parties will jointly share the task of planning,
preparing, participating in and facilitating the exercises, which will normally be in
desktop format or as otherwise agreed. The precise timing of the exercise for each
Restoration Plans will be agreed by all parties, but will not be less than one every
three years.
DOC9.4.8 Restoration Plan Provisions
DOC9.4.8.1 The following provisions of this DOC9.4.8 apply in relation to Restoration Plans.
DOC9.4.8.2 For LJRPs NGESO is the lead operator (or the relevant Transmission Licensee
where appropriate); for DRZPs the DNO is the lead operator.
DOC9.4.8.3 Where the lead operator issues instructions which conflict with a Restoration Plan
these instructions will take precedence over the requirements of the Restoration
Plan.
(a) When issuing such instructions, the lead operator will state whether or not it
wishes the remainder of the Restoration Plan to apply. Where the lead operator
has stated that it wishes the remainder of the Restoration Plan to apply the
other parties to the plan may give notice that it is not possible to operate the
Restoration Plan to the lead operator and the other parties to plan.
(b) The lead operator shall immediately consult with all parties to the Restoration
Plan. Unless all parties reach agreement as to how the Restoration Plan shall
operate in those circumstances, operation in accordance with the Restoration
Plan will terminate and parties will be relieved of their obligations under the
Restoration Plan in accordance with DOC9.4.8.7 below.
DOC9.4.8.4 The preparation of each Restoration Plan shall include a check whether any
network assets cited in the Restoration Plan are included in another Restoration
Plan, and if so, all the LJRPs and DRZPs containing common assets shall include
a specific step that prohibits more than one of any of these plans from being
activated at any one point in time.
DOC9.4.8.5 The lead operator shall advise other relevant parties of any requirement to switch
their User Systems to segregate their Demand and to carry out such other actions
as set out in the Restoration Plan. The relevant party shall then operate in
accordance with the provisions of the Restoration Plan.
DOC9.4.8.6 Following notification from the Restoration Contractor with the Anchor Power
Generating Module that the Anchor Power Generating Module is ready to
accept load, the lead operator shall instruct the Anchor Generator to energise part
of the Total System. The Anchor Generator and the other relevant parties (if any)
shall then, in accordance with the requirements of the Restoration Plan, establish
communication and agree the output of their Plant and the connection of Demand
so as to establish a Power Island. During this period, the Anchor Generator
together with any Top Up Restoration Contractors will be required to regulate
the output of their Equipment to the Demand prevailing in the Power Island in
which they are situated, on the basis that they will (where practicable) seek to
maintain the Target Frequency. Restoration Contractors’ Equipment will
(where practical) also seek to follow the requirements relating to Reactive Power
Page 134 of 209
04 March 2024
(which may include the requirement to maintain a target voltage) set out in the
Restoration Plan.
DOC9.4.8.7 Operation of the Restoration Plan shall be terminated by the lead operator either
when:
(a) the Restoration Plan has been successfully implemented and the resulting
Power Island has been Synchronised to another Power Island following
instruction from NGESO. In this case the arrangements for Synchronising the
Power Island will be set out in the Restoration Plan; or
(b) the Restoration Plan has not been / is not being successfully implemented. In
this circumstance, provided for in DOC9.4.8.3(b), if an agreement is not
reached on whether or not to apply the remainder of the plan or if NGESO in
coordination with the other parties confirms that it does not wish the remainder
of the Restoration Plan to apply, the Restoration Plan shall be terminated. In
this case the DNO and NGESO in conjunction with the Restoration
Contractors shall agree and implement the most appropriate course of action
which should aim to maintain supplies to as many Customers as possible.
In both cases the lead operator shall notify all parties to the Restoration Plan
accordingly.
DOC9.4.9 LJRP Operation
DOC9.4.9.1 The DNO may, in accordance with the relevant Transmission Licensee’s
requirements, as part of the activation of a LJRP, be required to issue instructions
(although this list should not be regarded as exhaustive) to an Anchor Power
Station relating to the commencement of generation, to a User or Customers
connected to the DNO’s Distribution System relating to the restoration of
Demand and to other Embedded Generators relating to their preparation for
commencement of generation when an external power supply is made available to
their Power Generating Facilities, and in each case may include switching
instructions.
DOC9.4.9.2 Where the DNO, as part of the System Restoration procedure, has given an
instruction to an Anchor Generator to initiate startup of the Anchor Power
Station, the Anchor Generator shall confirm to the DNO when the startup of a
Power Generating Module has been completed. Following confirmation of
startup, the DNO will endeavour to stabilise that Power Generating Module by
the establishment of appropriate Demand following which the DNO may instruct
the Anchor Power Station to start up the remaining available Power Generating
Modules and auxiliary gas turbines if any at that Anchor Power Station and
Synchronise them to create a Power Island.
DOC9.4.9.3 The DNO shall continue to operate to the provisions of the LJRP until the LJRP
is terminated in DOC9.4.8.7.
DOC9.4.10 DRZP Operation.
DOC9.4.10.1 In the event of System Restoration where NGESO wishes to activate one or more
Distribution Restoration Zones, NGESO will issue an emergency instruction to
the DNO to initiate the relevant Distribution Restoration Zone. In Scotland the
instruction to a Scottish DNO to initiate a Scottish Distribution Restoration Zone
would be issued by the relevant Scottish Transmission Licensee.
Page 135 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC9.4.10.2 Upon receipt of an instruction from NGESO (or the relevant Scottish
Transmission Licensee) the DNO will activate the DRZP. All instructions to
relevant Restoration Contractors party to the DRZP will be issued by the DNO.
All instructions to Restoration Contractors who are party to the CUSC and who
are active in the DRZP will be issued by the DNO.
DOC9.4.10.3 These arrangements will remain in place until the Distribution Restoration Plan
is terminated as provided for in that DRZP. Following Synchronisation to another
Power Island, the DRZP will be terminated and instructions to relevant
Restoration Contractors will revert back to normal provisions for normal
operating conditions unless otherwise informed by the DNO.
DOC9.4.10.4 Where NGESO, as part of System Restoration, has given an instruction to a DNO
to activate a DRZP, the DNO will instruct the Anchor Generator to prepare to
start up the relevant Power Generating Module in accordance with the DRZP. If
required by the DRZP the DNO will instruct relevant Top Up Restoration
Contractors to be ready to Synchronize at the agreed time after the Anchor
Generator has energised the relevant part of the DNO’s Distribution System.
DOC9.4.10.5 The DNO will ensure that switching carried out on the DNO’s Distribution
System and other actions are as set out in the DRZP.
DOC9.4.10.6 The DNO will issue instructions to the relevant Restoration Contractors to inform
them of the requirement that a Distribution Restoration Zone is to be energised
in accordance with the DRZP and that they should prepare their Equipment so that
it is in a state of readiness for energizing or contributing to the Distribution
Restoration Zone. The relevant Restoration Contractor(s) will inform the DNO
the indicative time at when their Equipmentwill be in a state of readiness to
energize, or to Synchronise to, the System.
DOC9.4.10.7 Automatic instructions issued by a Distribution Restoration Zone Control

System shall be considered to be, and have the same status as, instructions from the
DNO.
DOC9.4.10.8 The DNO shall reconfigure the DNO’s Distribution System such that it is in an
appropriate state of readiness to enable the Anchor Generator to re-energise the
intended part of the DNO’s Distribution System in accordance with the DRZP.
To enable this process to take place, the DNO may need to change the topology and
status of the DNO’s Distribution System. Reconfiguration of the DNO’s
Distribution System prior to energisation of the relevant part of the DNO’s
Distribution System may be achieved conventionally or via fully automatic means
which could include a Distribution Restoration Zone Control System, as
required by the DRZP. Where a Transmission Licensee is party to the DRZP, the
DNO shall liaise with the relevant Transmission Licensee as part of this process
to ensure that relevant parts of the Transmission System can be configured in
accordance with the DRZP and energised from the Distribution Restoration
Zone.
DOC9.4.10.9 The DNO shall inform NGESO (and the relevant Scottish Transmission Licensee
in the case of a Scottish Distribution Restoration Zone) when it has contacted the
Anchor Generator and other relevant Restoration Contractors in accordance
with the DRZP and provide an indicative time of when its System and associated
Equipment is in a position to be re-energised and the expected time at which the
Page 136 of 209
04 March 2024
Anchor Generator will be in a position to re-energise the intended section of the
DOC9.4.10.10 When the DNO has reconfigured the DNO’s Distribution System it will contact
the Anchor Generator to confirm and agree a time for the Anchor Generator to
operate their Power Generating Module(s) so as to energise the required section
of the DNO’s Distribution System. Where subsequently the Anchor Generator
or DNO needs to change the agreed energisation time as a result of an unforeseen
event the Anchor Generator and DNO will agree a revised energisation time.
DOC9.4.10.11 On determining an agreed energisation time, the DNO will inform NGESO (or
the relevant Scottish Transmission Licensee) of the time when the Anchor
Generator’s Power Generating Module(s) is scheduled to energise the intended
section of the DNO’s Distribution System. Should this scheduled time
subsequently change, the DNO will inform NGESO (or the relevant Scottish
Transmission Licensee) as necessary and provide an indication of any revised
re-energisation time and the reason for the change.
DOC9.4.10.12 At the agreed re-energisation time as detailed in DOC9.4.10.11, the DNO will
contact the Anchor Generator and issue an instruction for the Anchor
Generator to energise a section of the DNO’s Distribution System unless the
instruction is delivered via fully automatic means which could include a
Distribution Restoration Zone Control System.
DOC9.4.10.13 The DNO will, in accordance with the requirements of the DRZP, agree the
output of the relevant Anchor Generator’s Plant and Relevant Restoration
Contractors Plant and the connection of Demand so as to create a Power Island.
During this period, the DNO shall be required to manage the output of the relevant
Anchor Generator’s Power Generating Module(s) and/or Relevant
Restoration Contractor’s Plant to the Demand prevailing in the Power Island,
on the basis that it will (where practicable) seek to maintain the Target
Frequency. Relevant Restoration Contractors shall (where practical) also seek
to follow the requirements relating to Reactive Power (which may include the
requirement to maintain a target voltage) set out in the DRZP.
DOC9.4.10.14 Relevant Restoration Contractors who are not the Anchor Generator shall not
start to Synchronise to the DNO’s Distribution System until given a formal
instruction by the DNO in accordance with DOC9.4.10.16. Such instructions
would only be given once the DNO has achieved energization of part of its System
by issuing instructions to the Anchor Generator, and the DNO’s Distribution
System is in a position to expand that portion which is energized and supply more
Demand in accordance with the DRZP.
DOC9.4.10.15 When the DNO’s Distribution System has been energised and is supplying some
local Demand and/or controllable Demand provided by a relevant Restoration
Contractor, the Anchor Generator will be required to follow instruction from
the DNO, or via fully automatic means which could include a Distribution
Restoration Zone Control System. The DNO, in liaison with the Anchor
Generator, will ensure the DNO’s Distribution System is operated in a stable
manner with additional Demand blocks being switched into service when it is
appropriate to do so. As part of this process the DNO in coordination with the
Anchor Generator shall ensure that risks to the DNO’s Distribution System or
the Anchor Power Generating Module through disturbances that could arise in
Page 137 of 209
04 March 2024
the Distribution Restoration Zone are minimised. This may be achieved through
a series of energisation steps or through a soft energisation between the Anchor
Generator’s Power Generating Module(s) and sections of the DNO’s
Distribution System. The requirements of this DOC9.4.10.15 may be achieved
via manual instructions, remote switching carried out at the DNO’s Control
Centre, a Distribution Restoration Zone Control System or a combination of
these options.
DOC9.4.10.16 To stabilise the voltage and Frequency of the DNO’s Distribution System and
increase the Demand fed from within the Distribution Restoration Zone, the
DNO will subsequently need to instruct further relevant Restoration Contractors
to Synchronise to the Distribution Restoration Zone, either via manual
instruction or through the use of a Distribution Restoration Zone Control
System(s). The control of the Frequency and voltage of the Distribution
Restoration Zone will be the responsibility of the DNO. The control of System
Frequency and voltage control during the whole System Restoration phase is
the responsibility of NGESO, although NGESO will require DNOs to manage
the Frequency and voltage levels of Power Islands in the case of Distribution
Restoration Zones.
DOC9.4.10.17 If during the Demand restoration process any relevant Restoration Contractor’s
Plant cannot, because of the nature of the Demand being supplied, keep within
its safe operating parameters, the relevant Restoration Contractor shall inform
the DNO without undue delay who in turn shall inform NGESO. In the case of a
Distribution Restoration Zone in Scotland the DNO shall inform the relevant
Scottish Transmission Licensee.
DOC9.4.10.18 If the circumstance of DOC9.4.10.17 arise the DNO will, where possible:
(a) instruct Demand to be altered; or

(b) re-configure the Distribution Restoration Zone; or
(c) will instruct the relevant Restoration Contractor forming part of the
Distribution Restoration Zone to re-configure its System in order to
alleviate the problem being experienced by the relevant Restoration
Contractor’s Equipment.
NGESO and the DNO (and relevant Transmission Licensee in Scotland) accepts
that any decision to keep a relevant Restoration Contractor’s Equipment
operating, if outside its safe operating parameters, is one for the Restoration
Contractor concerned alone and accepts that the relevant Restoration
Contractor’s Equipment may change output if the relevant Restoration
Contractor believes it is necessary for safety reasons (whether relating to
personnel or Plant and/or Apparatus). If such a change is made without prior
notice, then the relevant Restoration Contractor shall inform the DNO as soon
as reasonably practical. The DNO will inform NGESO (and the relevant
Transmission Licensee in the case of Scottish Distribution Restoration Zones)
of the progress with the key stages of each DRZP.
DOC9.4.10.19 Once the Distribution Restoration Zone is operating as described in
DOC9.4.10.15 and DOC9.4.10.16, the DNO shall undertake a step by step process
of energising more elements of its System. The DNO will progressively restore
auxiliary supplies to substations, supplies to Customers and other relevant
Restoration Contractors to stabilise that part of the DNO’s Distribution System
Page 138 of 209
04 March 2024
comprising the Distribution Restoration Zone. The DNO will do this by issuing
instructions in the conventional way or via fully automatic means which could
include a Distribution Restoration Zone Control System. During this phase,
the DNO will need to ensure that each relevant Restoration Contractor’s
Equipment is operated within its designed operational limits, that they are
contributing to voltage and Frequency control and adequate positive and negative
headroom is maintained on such Plant to enable the management of Power Island
contingencies. During this period, there may be a need to initiate the restoration
and operation of further relevant Restoration Contractor’s Equipment to help
balance the Distribution Restoration Zone.
DOC9.4.10.20 As the Demand in the Distribution Restoration Zone starts to grow and become
more clearly established, the DNO may need to switch between predefined
Protection and control settings to match the needs of the Power Island.
DOC9.4.10.21 Where circumstances permit, expansion of the Power Island within a

Distribution Restoration Zone to a transmission busbar and to wider parts of the
Transmission System will be managed in accordance with the DRZP and
DOC9.5.
DOC9.4.10.22 Operation in accordance with the DRZP will be terminated by the DNO, who will
then notify NGESO and all the parties to the DRZP including the relevant
Transmission Licensee if appropriate co-incident with connecting the
Distribution Restoration Zone to other Power Islands. Operation in accordance
with the DRZP will also terminate in the circumstances provided for in
DOC9.4.8.7(b) if an agreement is not reached or if NGESO states that it does not
wish the remainder of the DRZP to apply.
DOC9.4.11 Interconnection of Power Islands
In accordance with the requirements of the relevant Transmission Licensee, the

DNO may be required to issue instructions to Users so as to establish, maintain and
expand Power Islands and to interconnect Power Islands to achieve larger Power
Islands and subsequently to form an integrated System and re-establishment of the
Total System. Users shall at all times abide by the DNO’s instructions in relation
to interconnection of Power Islands.
DOC9.4.3.8 Conclusion of System Restoration
The conclusion of the System Restoration and the time of the normal operation of
the Total System will be determined by the relevant Transmission Licensee who
shall inform the DNO. The DNO will inform Users of the DNO’s Distribution
System which in the DNO’s opinion need to be informed that the System
Restoration has terminated and that normal operation of the Total System has
begun.
DOC9.5 Re-Synchronisation of Power Islands
DOC9.5.1 Re-Synchronisation of Power Islands might be required as a routine contingency,

or as the final stages of a Restoration Plan.
Page 139 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC9.5.2 Routine contingency, or conclusion of a Restoration Plan
DOC9.5.2.1 Where parts of the Total System are out of Synchronism with each other,
irrespective of whether there is a Total Shutdown or a Partial Shutdown NGESO
will instruct DNOs and Users to regulate generation or Demand, as the case may
be, to enable the Power Islands to be Re-Synchronised.
DOC9.5.2.2 DNOs may be involved in Re-Synchronising by issuing instructions to Users in

accordance with the requirements of NGESO. Users shall at all times abide by the
DNO’s instructions in relation to Re-Synchronising Power Islands.
DOC9.5.2.3 The Re-Synchronising of Power Islands is covered by Desynchronised Power

Island Procedures agreed between NGESO and the relevant Transmission
Licensee, DNO and Generators.
DOC9.5.3 Power Island Loading and Generation Management
DOC9.5.3.1 Generation in Power Islands may be dealt with in different ways as follows:
DOC9.5.3.2 The approach for LJRPs and for contingencies other than DRZPs
(a) Data exchanged between DNOs and Generators via NGESO
(i) In this approach in DOC9.5.3.2.(a), relevant loading and other operational

parameters are exchanged indirectly between Generators who are BM
Participants and the DNO via NGESO.
(ii) NGESO, each Generator with Synchronised (or connected and available
to generate although not Synchronised) Power Generating Modules in the
Power Island and the DNO shall exchange information as set out in this
DOC9.5.3.2.(a) to enable NGESO to issue instructions via the Balancing
Mechanism or via an emergency instruction to that Generator in relation
to its Power Generating Modules in the Power Island until Re-
Synchronisation takes place, on the basis that the Generator will (where
practicable) seek to maintain the Target Frequency.
(iii)The information to NGESO from the Generator will cover its relevant
operational parameters as required in the Balancing Code in the Grid Code
and from NGESO to the Generator will cover data on Demand and
changes in Demand in the Power Island.
(iv) The information from the DNO to NGESO will comprise data on Demand
in the Power Island, including data on any constraints within the Power
Island.
(v) NGESO will keep the DNO informed of the balancing instructions or
emergency instructions it is issuing to Embedded Power Generating
Modules within the Power Island.
(b) Data exchanged directly between DNOs and Generators

(i) In this approach in DOC9.5.3.2(b) relevant loading and other operational
Page 140 of 209
04 March 2024
parameters are exchanged directly between Generators who are BM
Participants and the DNO.
(ii) NGESO will issue an emergency instruction and/or a instructions via the
Balancing Mechanism, to the Generator to "float" local Demand and
maintain Frequency at Target Frequency. Under this instruction, the
Generator will be required to regulate the output of its Power Generating
Module(s) at the Power Station in question to the Demand prevailing in
the Power Island in which it is situated, until Re-Synchronisation takes
place, on the basis that it will (where practicable) seek to maintain the
Target Frequency.
(iii) The DNO is required to be in contact with the Generator at the Power
Station so that the DNO can supply data to the Generator on Demand
changes within the Power Island.
(iv) If more than one Power Generating Module is Synchronised on the

Power Island, or is connected to the and available to generate although not
Synchronised, the DNO will need to liaise with NGESO to agree which
Power Generating Module(s) will be used to accommodate changes in
Demand in the Power Island. The DNO will then maintain contact with
the relevant Generator (or Generators) in relation to that Power
Generating Module(s).
(v) The Generator at the Power Station must contact the DNO if the level of
Demand which it has been asked to meet as a result of the emergency
instruction and/or instruction in the Balancing Mechanism to "float" and
the detail on Demand passed on by the DNO, is likely to cause problems
for safety reasons (whether relating to personnel or Plant and/or
Apparatus) in the operation of its Power Generating Module(s), in order
that the DNO can alter the level of Demand which that Generator needs
to arrange to meet. Any decision to operate outside any relevant parameters
is one entirely for the Generator.
DOC9.5.3.3 Distribution Restoration Zone and generation management
If a DRZP is activated, all generation management will be in accordance with the

DRZP.
DOC9.6 Joint System Incident Procedure
DOC9.6.1 A Joint System Incident is an Event (as referred to in Distribution Operating

Code DOC7) wherever occurring which in the opinion of the DNO has or may have
a serious and/or widespread effect on, in the case of an incident on a User’s System,
the DNO’s Distribution System or the National Electricity Transmission
System or, in the case of an incident on the DNO’s Distribution System or the
National Electricity Transmission System, on a User’s, or Users’, System(s).
Where an incident on a User’s System has or may have no effect on the DNO’s
Distribution System or the National Electricity Transmission System, then such
an incident does not fall within this Distribution Operating Code and accordingly
DOC9 shall not apply to it.
DOC9.6.2 Each User requested by the DNO in accordance with the Distribution Planning
and Connection Code, shall provide in writing to the DNO and the DNO shall
Page 141 of 209
04 March 2024
provide in writing to each such User a telephone number or numbers at which or
through which responsible management representatives, who are fully authorised
to take binding decisions on behalf of their appointers, can be contacted day or night
when there is a Joint System Incident. The lists of telephone numbers shall be
provided at the time that a User connects to the DNO’s Distribution System and
must be updated (in writing) as often as the information contained in them changes.
DOC9.6.3 On the occurrence of an Event, then pursuant to Distribution Operating Code

DOC7:
(a) If it is on the System of a User, the User shall notify the DNO accordingly
together with any other User who is or may be affected and will inform the
DNO of which Users it has informed.
(b) If it is on the DNO’s Distribution System, the DNO shall notify all Users who
are or may be affected.
DOC9.6.4 Following notification by a User of an Event, the DNO will if it considers
necessary, telephone the User on the telephone number referred to in DOC9.6.2 to
obtain such additional information as it requires.
DOC9.6.5 Following notification of an Event in accordance with DOC9.6.3(a) or (b), and/or

the receipt of any additional information requested pursuant to DOC9.6.4, the DNO
will determine whether or not the Event is a Joint System Incident, and, if so, the
DNO may set up a System Incident Centre in order to avoid overloading existing
operational arrangements of the DNO.
DOC9.6.6 The DNO shall as soon as possible notify all relevant Users that a System Incident
Centre has been established and the telephone number(s) of the DNO’s System
Incident Centre if different from those already supplied pursuant to DOC9.6.2.
DOC9.6.7 All communications between the responsible management representatives of the

relevant parties with regard to the DNO’s role in the Joint System Incident shall
be made via the System Incident Centre, if it has been established.
DOC9.7 Civil Emergencies
DOC9.7.1 Directions under Section 96 of the Act place an obligation on the DNO to prepare
and maintain plans for mitigating the effects of any civil emergency which may
occur in accordance with the Electricity Supply Emergency Code. That Code
describes the steps which Government might take to deal with an electricity supply
emergency envisaged under Section 96(7) of the Act or Section 3(i)(b) of the
Energy Act 1976 and sets down the actions which Companies in the Electricity
Supply Industry should plan to take and which may be needed or required in order
to deal with such an emergency.
DOC9.7.2 In an electricity emergency it may become necessary to restrict Users’ Demand for
and consumption of electricity and may be achieved by one or more of the following
methods:
(a) Appeals by the Government to the public for voluntary restraint.

(b) The issue of Orders under the Energy Act 1976 requiring restrictions on
consumption by industry and commerce.
Page 142 of 209
04 March 2024
(c) The issue of directions under the Energy Act 1976 requiring rota
disconnections and associated restrictions.
DOC9.7.3 In the event that the Secretary of State issues directions to the DNO to implement
rota disconnections, the DNO will establish an Emergency Co-ordinating Centre
and as soon as possible establish communications with such relevant Users as is
necessary to ensure operational liaison. The plans to be implemented will be similar
or separate from the schemes outlined in Distribution Operating Code, DOC6.
DOC9.7.4 The plans make provision for the need to maintain supply, so far as practicable, to
consumers in protected categories. For the purpose of the Distribution Code a
Nuclear Power Generating Module shall be deemed to be a protected category in
accordance with the provisions of DOC6.1.4.
Page 143 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC10 OPERATIONAL EVENT REPORTING AND INFORMATION SUPPLY
DOC10.1 Introduction
DOC10.1.1 This Distribution Operating Code DOC10 sets out the requirements for reporting
in writing and, where appropriate, more fully those Events termed Significant
Incidents which were initially reported under Distribution Operating Code
DOC7 and those statutory specified events to be reported under the ESQCR.
Information between a DNO and Users will be exchanged on the reasonable request
of either party.
DOC10.1.2 DOC10 also provides for the joint investigation of Significant Incidents by the
Users involved.
DOC10.2 Objectives
The objective of this Distribution Operating Code is to facilitate the provision of

more detailed information in writing and, where agreed between the DNO and the
Users involved, joint investigation of those Significant Incidents initially reported
under DOC7.
DOC10.3 Scope
This Distribution Operating Code DOC10 applies to the DNO and to Users, which
in this Distribution Operating Code means:-

(b) Embedded Generators connected to the DNO’s Distribution System at HV.
System at HV.
(d) Suppliers on behalf of their Customers where appropriate.
DOC10.4 Communications
DOC10.4.1. The DNO and Users connected to the DNO’s Distribution System shall establish
communication channels to ensure the effectiveness of this Distribution
Operating Code. Communication should, as far as possible, be direct between the
User and the operator of the network to which that User is connected. However,
this does not preclude communication with the User’s nominated representative.
Page 144 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC10.4.2 Operational Event Reporting
DOC10.4.2.1 Written Reports of Events by Users to the DNO
In the case of an Event which has been reported initially to the DNO under DOC7.6
and subsequently has been determined by the DNO to be a Significant Incident, a
written report will be given to the DNO by the User in accordance with DOC10.
The DNO will not pass this report on to other affected Users but may use the
information contained therein in preparing a report under DOC10 to a User in
relation to a Significant Incident on the DNO’s Distribution System which has
been caused by (or exacerbated by) the Significant Incident on the User’s System.
DOC10.4.2.2 Written Reports of Events by the DNO to Users
In the case of an Event which has been reported initially to the User under DOC7.6
and subsequently has been determined by the User to be a Significant Incident, a
written report will be given to the User by the DNO in accordance with DOC10.
The User will not pass this report on to other affected Users but may use the
information contained therein in preparing a report for another Authorised
Electricity Operator connected to its System in relation to a Significant Incident
which has been caused by (or exacerbated) the Significant Incident on the DNO’s
DOC10.4.3 Form of Report in Writing
DOC10.4.3.1 A report under DOC10.4.2 will be in writing and shall be sent to the DNO or User,
as the case may be, containing written confirmation of the initial notification given
under DOC7 together with more details relating to the Significant Incident,
although it need not state the cause of the Event save to the extent required under
DOC7.6.2 and such further information which has become known relating to the
Significant Incident since the initial notification under DOC7. The report should,
as a minimum, contain those matters specified in the Appendix 1 of this DOC10
which is not intended to be exhaustive to this DOC10. The recipient may raise
questions to clarify the notification, and the giver of the notification will, in so far
as it is able, answer any questions raised.
DOC10.4.4 Timing of the Report in Writing
DOC10.4.4.1 A written report under DOC10.4.2 shall be given as soon as reasonably practicable
after the initial notification under DOC7 and in any event a preliminary report shall
normally be given within 24 hours of such time.
DOC10.4.5 Statutory Reports of Specified Events

DOC10.4.5.1 Nothing in this Distribution Operating Code shall be construed as relieving
DNOs or Users from their duty to report events specified in the ESQCR in
accordance with those Regulations in so far as they apply to Users.
DOC10.4.6 Joint Investigation into Significant Incidents
DOC10.4.6.1 Where a Significant Incident has been declared and a report submitted under
DOC10 either party or parties may request in writing that a joint investigation
be carried out.
Page 145 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC10.4.6.2 The composition of such an investigation panel will be appropriate to the
incident to be investigated, and agreed by all parties involved.
DOC10.4.6.3 Where there has been a series of Significant Incidents (that is to say, where a
Significant Incident has caused or exacerbated another Significant Incident)
the parties involved may agree that the joint investigation should include some
or all of those Significant Incidents.
DOC10.4.6.4 A joint investigation will only take place where all affected parties agree to it.
The form and rules of, the procedure for, and all matters (including, if thought
appropriate, provisions for costs and for a party to withdraw from the joint
investigations once it has begun) relating to the joint investigation will be
agreed at the time of a joint investigation and in the absence of agreement the
joint investigation will not take place.
DOC10.4.6.5 Any joint investigation under DOC10 is separate from any inquiry which may
be carried out under the Electricity Supply Industry (ESI) disputes resolution
procedure.
Page 146 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC 10 - APPENDIX 1
MATTERS, IF APPLICABLE TO THE SIGNIFICANT INCIDENT, TO BE INCLUDED

IN A WRITTEN REPORT GIVEN IN ACCORDANCE WITH DOC10.4.2.
1. Time and date of Significant Incident.

2. Location.
3. Plant and/or Apparatus involved.
4. Brief description of Significant Incident.
5 Estimated time and date of return to service.
6 Supplies/generation interrupted and duration of interruption.
7 Set/Station frequency response achieved.
8 Set/Station MVAr performance achieved.
9 Ownership of the faulted Plant and/or Apparatus.
10 Estimated Demand Control relief undertaken.
11 Estimated Demand shed Automatic/Manual.
12 Time and date of Demand restoration.
Page 147 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC11 NUMBERING AND NOMENCLATURE OF ELECTRICAL APPARATUS

AT OWNERSHIP BOUNDARIES
DOC11.1.1 This Distribution Operating Code DOC11 sets out the responsibilities and
procedures for notifying the relevant owners of the numbering and nomenclature of
Apparatus at Ownership Boundaries.
DOC11.1.2 The numbering and nomenclature of Apparatus shall be included in the Operation
Diagram prepared for each site having an Ownership Boundary.
DOC11.2 Objectives
The prime objective embodied in this Distribution Operating Code is to ensure

that at any site where there is an Ownership Boundary every item of Apparatus
has numbering and/or nomenclature that has been mutually agreed and notified
between the owners concerned to ensure, so far as is reasonably practicable the safe
and effective Operation of the Systems involved and to reduce the risk of error.
DOC11.3 Scope
This Distribution Operating Code DOC11 applies to the DNO and to Users,
which in this Distribution Operating Code excludes Users connected at Low
Voltage without Generation and protected by a fuse(s) or other device(s) rated at
100 amps or less, (except it may apply to such Users who are the sole User
connected to an HV/LV transformer.), and otherwise includes:
(a) Customers.
System.
(d) Meter Operators.
DOC11.4 Procedure
DOC11.4.1 New Apparatus
DOC11.4.1.1 When the DNO or a User intends to install Apparatus having an interface at an
Ownership Boundary the proposed numbering and/or nomenclature to be adopted
for the Apparatus must be notified to the other owner(s).
DOC11.4.1.2 The notification shall be made in writing to the relevant owner(s) and will consist
of Operation Diagrams incorporating the proposed new Apparatus to be installed
and its proposed numbering and/or nomenclature.
DOC11.4.1.3 The notification shall be made to the relevant owner(s) at least eight months prior
to the proposed installation of the Apparatus.
Page 148 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC11.4.1.4 The relevant owners shall respond in writing within one month of the receipt
of the notification confirming both receipt and whether the proposed numbering
and/or nomenclature is acceptable or, if not, what would be acceptable.
DOC11.4.1.5 In the event that agreement cannot be reached between the DNO, and the other
owner(s), the DNO, acting reasonably, shall have the right to determine the
numbering and nomenclature to be applied at that site.
DOC11.4.2 Existing Apparatus
DOC11.4.2.1 The DNO and/or every User shall supply the DNO and/or every other User on
request with details of the numbering and nomenclature of Apparatus on sites
having an Ownership Boundary.
DOC11.4.2.2 The DNO and every User shall be responsible for the provision and erection of
clear and unambiguous labelling showing the numbering and nomenclature of
its Apparatus on sites having an Ownership Boundary.
DOC11.4.3 Changes to Existing Apparatus
DOC11.4.3.1 Where the DNO or a User needs or wishes to change the existing numbering
and/or nomenclature of any of its Apparatus on any site having Ownership
Boundary, the provisions of DOC11.4.1 shall apply with any amendments
necessary to reflect that only a change is being made.
DOC11.4.3.2 Where a User changes the numbering and/or nomenclature of its Apparatus,
which is the subject of DOC11, the User will be responsible for the provision
and erection of clear and unambiguous labelling.
DOC11.4.3.3 Where a DNO changes the numbering and/or nomenclature of its Apparatus,
which is the subject of DOC11, the DNO will be responsible for the provision
and erection of clear and unambiguous labelling.
Page 149 of 209
04 March 2024
DOC12 SYSTEM TEST
DOC12.1.1 This Distribution Operating Code DOC12 sets out the responsibilities and
procedures for arranging and carrying out System Tests which have or may have
an effect on the Systems of the DNO or Users. System Tests are those tests which
involve either simulating conditions or the controlled application of irregular,
unusual or extreme conditions on the Total System or any part of the Total System,
but do not include commissioning or recommissioning tests or any other tests of a
minor nature.
DOC12.1.2 System Test which have a minimal effect on the Distribution System of the DNO
or the Systems of others will not be subject to this procedure; minimal effect will
be taken to mean variations in voltage, Frequency and waveform distortion of a
value not greater than those figures which are defined in the Distribution Planning
and Connection Code.
DOC12.1.3 If the System Test proposed by the DNO or User connected to the DNO’s
Distribution System will or may have an effect on the National Electricity
Transmission System then the provisions of the Grid Code shall apply.
DOC12.1.4 A System Test proposed by NGESO under the Grid Code will be treated by the
DNO as a System Test under this DOC 12 if it is considered by the DNO to have
any effect on Users as defined in DOC 12.3.1.
DOC12.2 Objectives
DOC12.2.1 The objectives of this Distribution Operating Code are to:-
(a) Ensure that the procedures for arranging and carrying out of System Test do
not so far as practicable, threaten the safety of either personnel or the general
public and cause minimum threat to the security of supplies, the integrity of
Plant and/or Apparatus and cause minimum detriment to the DNO and Users.
(b) Set out procedures to be followed for establishing and reporting System Test.
DOC12.3 Scope
DOC12.3.1 This Distribution Operating Code applies to the DNO and to Users, which in this
Distribution Operating Code means:-

(b) Embedded Generators connected to the DNO’s Distribution System at HV.
System at HV.
DOC12.4 Procedure
DOC12.4.1 Proposal Notice

DOC12.4.1.1 When the DNO or a User intends to undertake a System Test which will have or
may have an effect on the System of others normally six months notice, or as
Page 150 of 209
04 March 2024
otherwise agreed by the DNO, of the proposed System Test will be given by the
person proposing the System Test (the “Test Proposer”) to the DNO and to those
Users who may be affected by such a System Test.
DOC12.4.1.2 The proposal shall be in writing (the "Proposal Notice") and shall contain details of
the nature and purpose of the proposed System Test and will indicate the extent
and situation of the Plant or Apparatus involved.
DOC12.4.1.3 If in the view of the recipients the information set out in the Proposal Notice is
considered insufficient by the recipients they shall as soon as is reasonably
practicable contact the Test Proposer with a request in writing for further
information which shall be supplied as soon as reasonably practicable. The DNO
shall not be required to do anything under this Distribution Operating Code until
it is satisfied with the details supplied in the Proposal Notice or pursuant to a request
for further information.
DOC12.4.1.4 If the DNO wishes to undertake a System Test the DNO shall be deemed to have
received a proposal of that System Test.
DOC12.4.2 Preliminary Notice and Establishment of Test Panel
DOC12.4.2.1 The DNO shall have overall co-ordination of the System Test. Using the
information supplied to it under DOC12.4.1 the DNO shall determine in its
reasonable estimation, which Users other than the Test Proposer may be affected
by the proposed System Test.
DOC12.4.2.2 The DNO shall, with the agreement of the Users which it has identified may be
affected, appoint a Test Coordinator as soon as reasonably practicable after it has
received a Proposal Notice and in any event prior to the distribution of the
Preliminary Notice referred to below.
(a) Where the DNO decides that the DNO’s Distribution System will or may be
significantly affected by the proposed System Test, then the Test Coordinator
shall be a suitably qualified person nominated by the DNO.
(b) Where the DNO decides that the DNO’s Distribution System will not be
significantly affected by the proposed System Test, then the Test Coordinator
shall be a suitably qualified person nominated by the proposer of the System
Test, in consultation with the DNO.
(c) The DNO shall as soon as reasonably practicable after it has received a
Proposal Notice contact the Test Proposer where the Test Coordinator is to
be (pursuant to this Distribution Operating Code) a person nominated by the
Test Proposer and invite him to nominate a person. If the Test Proposer is
unable or unwilling to nominate a person within seven days of being contacted
by the DNO then the proposed System Test will not take place.
DOC12.4.2.3 The DNO will notify all Users identified by it under DOC12.4.2.1 in writing of the
proposed System Test which in this Distribution Operating Code shall be known
as a Preliminary Notice. The Preliminary Notice will contain:
(a) The details of the nature and purpose of the proposed System Test, the extent
and situation of the Plant and/or Apparatus involved and the Users involved.
(b) An invitation to nominate within fourteen days a suitably qualified
representative (or representatives if the Test Coordinator informs the DNO
Page 151 of 209
04 March 2024
that it is appropriate for a particular User) to be a member of a Test Panel for
the proposed System Test.
(c) The name of the DNO representative (or representatives) on the Test Panel for
the proposed System Test.
(d) The name of the Test Coordinator and whether he was nominated by the
proposer of the System Test or by the DNO.
DOC12.4.2.4 The Preliminary Notice shall be sent within one month of the receipt by the DNO
of the Proposal Notice or the receipt of any further information requested under
DOC12.4.13, whichever is the later. Where the DNO is the Test Proposer the
Preliminary Notice will be sent as soon as possible after the proposed System Test
has been formulated.
DOC12.4.2.5 If replies to the invitation in the Preliminary Notice to nominate a representative to

be a member of the Test Panel have not been received within fourteen days, the
User which has not replied shall not be entitled to be represented on the Test Panel.
DOC12.4.2.6 The DNO shall as soon as possible after the expiry of that fourteen day period
appoint nominated persons to the Test Panel and notify all relevant Users - of the
composition of the Test Panel.
DOC12.4.3 Test Panel
DOC12.4.3.1 A meeting of the Test Panel shall take place as soon as possible after the DNO has
notified relevant Users of the composition of the Test Panel, and in any event
within one month of the appointment of the Test Panel.
DOC12.4.3.2 The Test Panel shall consider:-
(a) The details of the nature and purpose of the proposed System Test and other
matters set out in the Proposal Notice (together with any further information
requested under DOC12.4.2).
(b) The economic, operational and risk implications of the proposed System Test.
(c) The possibility of combining the proposed System Test with any other tests
and with Plant and/or Apparatus outages which arise pursuant to the
Operational Planning requirements of the DNO, NGESO and Users.
(d) The implications of the proposed System Test on plant which comprise or
contain BM Units which are active (ie submitting bid-offer data) in the
Balancing Mechanism insofar as it is able to do so.
DOC12.4.3.3 Users who received a Preliminary Notice concerning the proposed System Test
(whether or not they are represented on the Test Panel) shall be obliged to supply
that Test Panel upon written request with such details as the Test Panel reasonably
requires in order to consider the proposed System Test.
DOC12.4.3.4 The Test Panel will meet as often as the Test Co-ordinator deems necessary to
conduct its business and he shall be the person to convene a meeting.
DOC12.4.4 Proposal Report
(a) DOC12.4.4.1 Within two months of the first meeting, the Test Panel shall
submit a report, which in this Distribution Operating Code shall be called a
Page 152 of 209
04 March 2024
Proposal Report, which shall contain: System Test (including the manner in
which the System Test is to be monitored).
(b) An allocation of costs (including unanticipated costs) between the affected
parties, (the general principle being that the Test Proposer will bear the costs).
(c) Such other matters as the Test Panel consider appropriate.
The Proposal Report may include requirements for indemnities to be given in

respect of claims and losses arising from the System Test. All System Test
procedures must comply with all applicable legislation.
DOC12.4.4.2 If the Test Panel is unable unanimously to agree on any decision in preparing its
Proposal Report the proposed System Test shall not take place and the Test Panel
will be dissolved.
DOC12.4.4.3 The Proposal Report will be submitted to the DNO and to each User who received
a Preliminary Notice under DOC12.4.2.
DOC12.4.4.4 Within fourteen days of receipt of the Proposal Report, each recipient shall respond
to the Test Coordinator with its approval of the Proposal Report or its reason for
non-approval.
DOC12.4.4.5 In the event of non-approval by one or more recipients, the Test Panel shall as soon
as practicable meet in order to determine whether the proposed System Test can be
modified to meet the objection or objections.
DOC12.4.4.6 If the proposed System Test cannot be so modified, then the System Test will not
take place.
DOC12.4.4.7 If the proposed System Test can be so modified, the Test Panel shall as soon as
practicable, and in any event within one month of meeting to discuss the responses
to the Proposal Report, submit a revised Proposal Report and the provisions of
DOC12.4.4.3 and DOC12.4.4.4 will apply to that submission.
DOC12.4.4.8 In the event of non-approval of the revised Proposal Report by one or more
recipients, the System Test will not take place and the Test Panel will be dissolved.
DOC12.4.5 Final Test Programme
DOC12.4.5.1 If the Proposal Report (or, as the case may be, the revised Proposal Report) is
approved by all recipients, the proposed System Test can proceed and at least one
month prior to the date of the proposed System Test, the Test Panel shall submit
to the DNO and all recipients of the Proposal Notice a programme which in this
Distribution Operating Code shall be called a “Final Test Programme” stating the
switching sequence and proposed timings, a list of those staff involved in the
carrying out of the System Test (including those responsible for site safety) and
such other matters as the Test Panel deem appropriate.
DOC12.4.5.2 The Final Test Programme shall bind all recipients to act in accordance with the
provisions contained within the programme in relation to the proposed System
Test.
DOC12.4.5.3 Any problems with the proposed System Test which arise or are anticipated after
the issue of the Final Test Programme and prior to the day of the proposed System
Page 153 of 209
04 March 2024
Test must be notified to the Test Coordinator as soon as possible in writing. If
the Test Coordinator decides that these anticipated problems merit an amendment
to or postponement of the System Test, he shall notify any party involved in the
proposed System Test accordingly.
DOC12.4.5.4 If on the day of the proposed System Test operating conditions on the System are
such that any party involved in the proposed System Test wishes to delay or cancel
the start or continuance of the System Test, they shall immediately inform the Test
Coordinator of this decision and the reasons for it. The Test Coordinator shall
then postpone or cancel, as the case may be, the System Test and shall if possible,
agree with all parties involved in the proposed System Test another suitable time
and date or if he cannot reach such agreement, shall reconvene the Test Panel as
soon as practicable which will endeavour to arrange another suitable time and date
and the relevant provisions of the Distribution Operating Code shall apply.
DOC12.4.6 Final Report
DOC12.4.6.1 At the conclusion of the System Test, the Test Proposer shall be responsible for
preparing a written report (the “Final Report”) of the System Test for submission
to the DNO and other members of the Test Panel.
DOC12.4.6.2 The Final Report shall include a description of the Plant and/or Apparatus tested
and of the System Test carried out, together with the results, conclusions and
recommendations for submission to other members of the Test Panel.
DOC12.4.6.3 The Final Report shall not be distributed to any party which is not represented on
the Test Panel unless the Test Panel, having considered the confidentiality issues,
shall have unanimously approved such distribution.
DOC12.4.6.4 When the Final Report has been submitted under DOC12.4.2.1 the Test Panel shall
be dissolved.
Page 154 of 209
04 March 2024
DISTRIBUTION DATA REGISTRATION CODE (DDRC)
Page 155 of 209
04 March 2024
DDRC1 INTRODUCTION
DDRC1.1 The various sections of the Distribution Code require the DNO and Users to
exchange and update data from time to time. The data which is specified in each
section of the Distribution Code is summarised in the Distribution Data
Registration Code (DDRC).
DDRC1.2 The Distribution Data Registration Code (“DDRC”) provides a series of

schedules summarising all requirements for information of a particular type. Each
class of User is then referred to the appropriate schedule or group of schedules for
a statement of the total data requirements in his case.
DDRC1.3 The DDRC specifies procedures and timings for the supply of data and subsequent
updating, where the timings are covered by detailed timetables laid down in other
sections of the Distribution Code they are not necessarily repeated in full in the
DDRC.
DDRC1.4 In the case of an Embedded Generator seeking a connection to the DNO’s

Distribution System then irrespective of its potential involvement in the
Balancing Mechanism, discussions on connection will be with the DNO
concerned with the connection arrangements, in addition to any discussions
required with NGESO under the Grid Code. References to “Embedded
Generator” in the DDRC shall include existing and prospective Embedded
Generators.
DDRC2 OBJECTIVE
The objective of the DDRC is to collate and list in a readily identifiable form all
the data to be provided by:
(a) Each category of User to the DNO under the Distribution Code.
(b) The DNO to each category of User under the Distribution Code.
DDRC3 SCOPE
The DDRC will apply to the DNO and to all Users which for the purpose of the
DDRC are listed below:
(a) Customers It is not intended that the Distribution Code shall generally apply
to small Customers individually; their obligations will be dealt with on their
behalf by their Supplier.
System.
(d) Suppliers
(e) Any other person who is making application for use of or connection to the
Page 156 of 209
04 March 2024
DDRC4 DATA CATEGORIES
DDRC4.1 Categories of Data
Within the DDRC the data required by the DNO is allocated to one of the following
three categories:
(a) Standard Planning Data (SPD)

(b) Detailed Planning Data (DPD)
(c) Operational Data (OD)
DDRC4.2 Standard Planning Data (SPD)
DDRC4.2.1 Standard Planning Data is that data listed in the Distribution Planning and
Connection Code which is required to be supplied by all Users when making
application for connection to and/or use of the DNO’s Distribution System in
order that the DNO may assess the implications for making the connection.
DDRC4.2.2 Standard Planning Data will be provided to the DNO in accordance with Section
DPC6 and DPC7 of the Distribution Planning and Connection Code for Power
Generating Modules compliant with EREC G59, and in accordance with EREC
G99 for Power Generating Modules compliant with EREC G99.
DDRC4.2.3 Following an agreement for connection/use of System, it is a requirement of the

Distribution Planning and Connection Code that estimated data supplied by
Users should be replaced by actual values prior to connection which will be referred
to as Registered Data.
DDRC4.3 Detailed Planning Data (DPD)
DDRC4.3.1 Detailed Planning Data is that data listed in the Distribution Planning and
Connection Code which is required to be supplied by the Users specified for
connection to and/or use of the DNO’s Distribution System.
DDRC4.3.2 Detailed Planning Data will be provided to the DNO in accordance with Section
DPC6 and DPC7 of the Distribution Planning and Connection Code for Power
Generating Modules compliant with EREC G59, and in accordance with EREC
G99 for Power Generating Modules compliant with EREC G99.
DDRC4.3.3 Following an agreement for connection/use of System, it is a requirement of the

Distribution Planning and Connection Code that estimated data supplied by
Users should be replaced by measured values prior to connection.
DDRC4.4 Operational Data (OD)
DDRC4.4.1 Operational Data is data, which is required by the Distribution Operating Codes.
DDRC4.4.2 Operational Data is required to be supplied in accordance with timetables set

down in the relevant Distribution Operating Codes and is repeated in tabular form
in the schedules attached to this DDRC.
Page 157 of 209
04 March 2024
DDRC5 PROCEDURES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
DDRC5.1 Responsibility for Submission and Updating of Data
In accordance with the provisions of the various sections of the Distribution Code
and unless otherwise agreed or specified by the DNO, each User is required to
submit data as defined in DDRC6 following and the attached schedules.
DDRC5.2 Methods of Submitting Data
DDRC5.2.1 Data must be submitted to the DNO in writing and where possible in the format
specified by the DNO and must indicate the name of the person who is submitting
those schedules.
DDRC5.2.2 If a User wishes to change any data item then this must first be discussed with the
DNO concerned in order for the implications to be considered and the change if
agreed (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld), should be confirmed by
the submission of a revised data scheduler by verbal means with confirmation in
writing if short timescales are involved.
DDRC5.2.3 The DNO will supply data as requested by Users and as agreed by the DNO where
no obligation of confidentiality exists.
DDRC5.3 Changes to User’s Data
Whenever a User becomes aware of a change to an item of data, which is registered

with the DNO the User, must notify the DNO in accordance with the appropriate
section of the Distribution Code. The method and timing of the notification to the
DNO is set out in the appropriate section of the Distribution Code.
DDRC5.4 Data Accuracy and Data not Supplied
DDRC5.4.1 The User is solely responsible for the accuracy of data (or of changes to data)
supplied to the DNO.
DDRC5.4.2 Any data which the User fails to supply when required by any section of the
Distribution Code may be estimated by the DNO if and when, in the DNO’s view,
it is necessary to do so. Such estimates will be based upon data supplied previously
for the same Plant or Apparatus or upon corresponding data for similar Plant or
Apparatus or upon such other information as the DNO deems appropriate.
DDRC5.4.3 The DNO will advise a User in writing of any estimated data it intends to use
pursuant to DDRC5.4.2 relating directly to that User’s Plant or Apparatus in the
event of data not being supplied. The DNO will not be liable as a result of using
that estimated data; the responsibility for the accuracy of that data will rest with the
User as if the data has been supplied by that User.
DDRC5.4.4 It is a requirement of the Distribution Planning and Connection Code that

Registered Project Planning Data is updated by the User annually.
Page 158 of 209
04 March 2024
DDRC6 DATA TO BE REGISTERED
DDRC6.1 Schedules 1-4 are not used within the Distribution Code.
DDRC6.2 Schedules 5a, 5b and 5c - Embedded Power Generating Module Technical

Information.
DDRC6.3 Schedule 5e - Embedded Transmission System
DDRC6.4 Schedule 5f – Restoration Contractors’s Information for Distribution

Restoration Zones
DDRC6.5 Schedule 6 - Demand forecasts - as described in DOC1, time varying

output/generation forecasts for the Users defined in the scope.
DDRC6.6 Schedule 7 - Operational Planning - as described in DOC2, outage planning

information.
DDRC6.7 Schedule 8 - System Design Information - comprising System technical data.
DDRC6.8 Schedule 9 - Load Characteristics - comprising the forecast data for load points
indicating for example, the maximum load, the equipment that comprises the load,
and the harmonic content of the load.
DDRC6.9 The schedules applicable to each class of User are as follows:-
Schedule Number:- Title Applicable to:-

Schedule 5a Power Station Data Every Power Station
Schedule 5b Power Generating All Embedded Power Generating
Module Data Modules
Schedule 5c Power Generating For specified types of Power
Module Data Generating Module and ancillary
Equipment
(i) Synchronous Power
Generating Module
(ii) Fixed speed induction Power
Generating Module
(iii) Doubly fed induction Power
Generating Module
(iv) Series Converter Connected
Power Generating Module
(v) Transformers
Schedule 5d DNO Network Data DNO’s Distribution System
Schedule 5e All Embedded All Embedded Transmission
Transmission System System
Page 159 of 209
04 March 2024
Schedule Number:- Title Applicable to:-
Schedule 5f Re-Synchronisation All Restoration Contractors for
times and Block Loading Distribution Restoration Zones
Capability
Schedule 5g System Restoration All Restoration Contractors for
Information Distribution Restoration Zones
Schedule 6 Demand Forecasts All Embedded Generators greater
than 1MW; Any Other Authorised
Distributor connected to the host
DNO System; All Suppliers; All
Customers connected at HV whose
Demand is greater than 5MW
Schedule 7a Operational Planning All Embedded Generators greater
than 1MW; Any Other Authorised
Distributor connected to the host
DNO System; All Suppliers; All
Customers connected at HV whose
Demand is greater than 5MW
Schedule 8 System Design Embedded Generators; Any
Information and Load Other Authorised Distributor
Schedule 9
Characteristics connected to the host DNO’s
Distribution System; All
Suppliers; All Customers
Page 160 of 209
04 March 2024
Schedule 5a
DATA REGISTRATION CODE
Power Generating Facility DATA FOR EVERY EMBEDDED Power Generating Facility
EXCLUDING THE OTSO
DATA DESCRIPTION UNITS DATA

5a Power Station Data CATEGORY
APPLICANT’S DETAILS
Customer’s Details
Company name Text SPD
Company registered number Text SPD
Postal address Text SPD
Contact name Text SPD
Email address Text SPD
Telephone number Text SPD
Facsimile number Text SPD
Consultant’s Details (if applicable)
Consultant’s name Text SPD
Postal address Text SPD
Contact name Text SPD
Email address Text SPD
Telephone number Text SPD
Facsimile number Text SPD
Power Generating Facility LOCATION AND
OPERATION
Power Station name Text SPD
Details of any existing Connection Agreements for this Text SPD
Power Station
Target date for the provision of the connection / Text SPD
commissioning of the Power Station
Postal address or site boundary plan (1/500) Text / Plan SPD
Connection Point (OS grid reference or description) Text SPD
Connection Point voltage V SPD
Single line diagram of any on-site existing or proposed Diagram SPD
electrical plant or, where available, Operation Diagrams
Page 161 of 209
04 March 2024
What security is required for the connection? (see note 1) Text SPD
Number of Power Generating Modules in Power Number SPD
Station
Are all Power Generating Modules of the same Y/N SPD
design/rating?
(If not complete the relevant Schedules 5b and 5c for each
type)
Will the Power Station operate in islanded mode? Y/N SPD
Will Power Generating Module supply electricity to on- Y/N SPD
site premises?
Power Generating Facility STANDBY IMPORT
REQUIREMENTS (see note 2)
Maximum Active Power import MW SPD
Maximum Reactive Power import (lagging) MVAr SPD
Maximum Reactive Power export (leading) MVAr SPD
Power Generating Facility TOP-UP IMPORT
Power Generating Facility EXPORT
Total Power Station output at Registered Capacity
(net of auxiliary loads)
Registered Capacity (maximum Active Power export) MW SPD
Maximum Reactive Power export (lagging) MVAr SPD
Maximum Reactive Power import (leading) MVAr SPD
Total Power Station output at Minimum Generation
(net of auxiliary loads)
Minimum Generation (minimum Active Power export) MW DPD
Maximum Reactive Power export (lagging) MVAr DPD
Maximum Reactive Power import (leading) MVAr DPD
Power Station performance chart Figure DPD
(net, at Connection Point, as per DPC7 Figure 1)
Page 162 of 209
04 March 2024
Power Generating Facilit MAXIMUM FAULT

CURRENT CONTRIBUTION (see note 5)
Peak asymmetrical short circuit current at 10ms (i p) for a kA SPD
3φ short circuit fault at the Connection Point
RMS value of the initial symmetrical short circuit current kA SPD
(Ik”) for a 3φ short circuit fault at the Connection Point
RMS value of the symmetrical short circuit current at kA SPD
100ms (Ik(100)) for a 3φ short circuit fault at the
Connection Point
Short circuit time constant T”, corresponding to the s DPD
change from Ik” to Ik(100)
Positive sequence X/R ratio at the instant of fault - DPD
Power Generating Facility INTERFACE
ARRANGEMENTS (see note 6)
Means of connection, disconnection and Synchronising Method SPD
between DNO and User statement
Site protection / co-ordination arrangements with DNO Report DPD
Precautions should neutral become disconnected from Report DPD
earth (LV only see ER G59/3-4 or ER G99)
Site communications, control and monitoring (HV / LV) Report DPD
Data Data
DATA DESCRIPTION Category for Category for
Units Generators Generators
5a continued connected at Connected at
LV HV
Power Generating FacilitY G59 OR G99
PROTECTION – see note 7
U/V Stage 1 V and s SPD SPD
U/V Stage 2 (if fitted) V and s SPD SPD
O/V Stage 1 V and s SPD SPD
U/F Stage 1 Hz and s SPD SPD
U/F Stage 2 (if fitted) Hz and s SPD SPD
O/F Stage 1 Hz and s SPD SPD
O/F Stage 2 Hz SPD SPD
Page 163 of 209
04 March 2024
Data Data
DATA DESCRIPTION Category for Category for
Units Generators Generators
5a continued connected at Connected at
LV HV
LoM (RoCoF) Hzs-1 and s SPD SPD
LoM (Vector Shift) degrees SPD SPD
LoM – other SPD SPD
Notes:
1. The DNO will assume a single circuit connection to the Power Station is required unless
stated otherwise. Options include:-
a. Single circuit connection
b. Manually switched alternative connection
c. Automatic switched alternative connection
d. Firm connection (secure for first circuit outage)
2. This section relates to operating conditions when the Power Station is importing Active
Power, typically when it is not generating. The maximum Active Power import requirement
and the associated maximum Reactive Power import and/or export requirements should be
stated.
3. This section relates to operating conditions when the Power Station is importing Active
Power, typically when it is generating, but is not generating sufficient power to cater for all
the on-site demand. The maximum Active Power import requirement and the associated
maximum Reactive Power import and/or export requirements should be stated.
4. This section relates to operating conditions when the Power Station is exporting Active
Power. The Active Power export and associated maximum Reactive Power range should
be stated for operation at Registered Capacity and for operation at Minimum Generation.
5. See ER G74, ETR 120 and IEC 60909 for guidance on fault current data. Additionally, fault
current contribution data may be provided in the form of detailed graphs, waveforms and/or
tables. This information need not be provided where detailed fault level contribution /
impedance data is provided for each Power Generating Module in Schedules 5b or 5c.
6. The interface arrangements need to be agreed and implemented between the User and the
DNO before energisation and consideration should be given to addressing the Distribution
Code requirements including DGC5, DGC8, DPC6.7, , DOC5, DOC7.4, DOC8.6.3,
DOC8.6.4, DOC9 and DOC10. For example DOC7 requires that up to date contact details
are provided and procedures are agreed to establish an effective means of communication
between the Generator and the DNO.
7. This information need not be provided where the interface protection is provided on each
individual Power Generating Module. In such cases the information should be provided in
Schedule 5b.
Page 164 of 209
04 March 2024
Schedule 5b
Power Generating Module DATA FOR ALL EMBEDDED Power Generating ModuleS
DATA DESCRIPTION UNITS Data Data

5b Power Generating Module Data Category Category
for for
Generators Generators
connected Connected
at LV at HV
Power Generating Module GENERAL DATA
Number of Power Generating Modules to Value SPD SPD
which this data applies
Type of Power Generating Module: Text SPD SPD
Synchronous Generator, Fixed Speed Induction
Generator, Double Fed Induction Generator,
Series Convertor Connected Generator, Other
(provide details)
Energy Source (see note 1) Text SPD SPD
Enery Conversion Technology (see note 1) Text SPD SPD
Operating regime – intermittent or non- Text SPD SPD
intermittent
(see note 2)
Is the Power Generating Module part of a Text SPD SPD
combined heat and power installation?
Power Generating Module OUTPUT DATA
Rated terminal voltage (generator) V SPD SPD
Rated terminal current (generator) A SPD SPD
Power Generating Module Registered MW SPD SPD
Capacity
Power Generating Module apparent power MVA SPD SPD
rating (to be used as base for generator
parameters)
Power Generating Module rated Active Power MW SPD SPD
Maximum measured Active Power P60 (see note MW DPD DPD
3)
Maximum measured Active Power P0.2 (see MW DPD DPD
note 3)
Page 165 of 209
04 March 2024
for for
connected Connected
at LV at HV
Minimum Generation (set connected; net of MW DPD DPD
auxiliary loads)
Power Generating Module Reactive Power
capability at rated Active Power (gross, at
generator terminals)
Maximum Reactive Power export (lagging) MVAr DPD SPD
Maximum Reactive Power import (leading) MVAr DPD SPD
Power Generating Module performance chart Figure DPD DPD
(gross, at either the Power Generating Module
terminals or Connection Point as agreed
between the DNO and Generator, as per DPC7
Figure 1)
Power Generating Module MAXIMUM
FAULT CURRENT CONTRIBUTION
(see note 4)
Peak asymmetrical short circuit current at 10ms kA None SPD
(ip) for a 3φ short circuit fault at the Power
Generating Module terminals
RMS value of the initial symmetrical short kA None SPD
circuit current (Ik ”) for a 3φ short circuit fault at
the Power Generating Module terminals
RMS value of the symmetrical short circuit kA SPD SPD
current at 100ms (Ik(100)) for a 3φ short circuit
fault at the Power Generating Module
terminals
Short circuit time constant T”, corresponding to s None DPD
the change from Ik” to Ik(100)
Positive sequence X/R ratio at the instant of - None DPD
fault
Power Generating Module VOLTAGE
CONTROL
If operating in Power Factor control mode, SPD SPD
allowable Power Factor range
If operating in Power Factor control mode, SPD SPD
target Power Factor
Page 166 of 209
04 March 2024
for for
connected Connected
at LV at HV
If operating in voltage control mode, voltage set V SPD SPD
point
If operating in reactive power control mode, VA SPD SPD
reactive power set point
If operating to any other control mode, Text SPD SPD
description of parameters and set points.
Frequency Response Settings
Frequency response droop setting in LFSM Per cent DPD DPD
Frequency response droop setting in FSM (if Per cent DPD DPD
applicable)
Frequency response mode, ie LFSM or FSM text DPD DPD
Power Generating Module INSTALLED
INTERFACE PROTECTION (see note 5)
O/V Stage 2 (if fitted) V and s SPD SPD
O/F Stage 1 Hz and s SPD SPD
O/F Stage 2 (if fitted) Hz SPD SPD
Hzs-1 and
LoM (RoCoF) SPD SPD
s
LoM (Vector Shift) degrees SPD SPD
LoM – other Text SPD SPD
Notes:
1. For all new connection applications submitted on or after 1 September 2021 the energy
source should be selected from Table 1 and the energy conversion technology should be
selected from Table 2. For example a solar PV power generating module would have an
energy source A and an energy conversion technology of 11):
Page 167 of 209
04 March 2024
Table 1
Energy Source
A Advanced Fuel (produced via gasification or pyrolysis of biofuel or waste)

B Biofuel - Biogas from anaerobic digestion (excluding landfill & sewage)
C Biofuel - Landfill gas
D Biofuel - Sewage gas
E Biofuel - Other
F Biomass
G Fossil - Brown coal/lignite
H Fossil - Coal gas
I Fossil - Gas
J Fossil - Hard coal
K Fossil - Oil
L Fossil - Oil shale
M Fossil - Peat
N Fossil - Other
O Geothermal
P Hydrogen
Q Nuclear
R Solar
S Stored Energy (all stored energy irrespectve of the original energy source)
T Waste
U Water (flowing water or head of water)
V Wind
W Other
Table 2
Energy Conversion Technology
1 Engine (combustion / reciprocating)

2 Fuel Cell
3 Gas turbine (OCGT)
4 Geothermal power plant
5 Hydro - Reservoir (not pumped)
6 Hydro - Run of river
7 Hydro - Other
Page 168 of 209
04 March 2024
8 Interconnector
9 Offshore wind turbines
10 Onshore wind turbines
11 Photovoltaic
12 Steam turbine (thermal power plant)
13 Steam-gas turbine (CCGT)
14 Tidal lagoons
15 Tidal stream devices
16 Wave devices
17 Storage - Chemical - Ammonia
18 Storage - Chemical - Hydrogen
19 Storage - Chemical - Synthetic Fuels
20 Storage - Chemical - Drop-in Fuels
21 Storage - Chemical - Methanol
22 Storage - Chemical - Synthetic Natural Gas
23 Storage - Electrical - Supercapacitors
24 Storage - Electrical - Superconducting Magnetic ES (SMES)
25 Storage - Mechanical - Adiabatic Compressed Air
26 Storage - Mechanical - Diabatic Compressed Air
27 Storage - Mechanical - Liquid Air Energy Storage
28 Storage - Mechanical - Pumped Hydro
29 Storage - Mechanical - Flywheels
30 Storage - Thermal - Latent Heat Storage
31 Storage - Thermal - Thermochemical Storage
32 Storage - Thermal - Sensible Heat Storage
33 Storage - Electrochemical Classic Batteries -Lead Acid
34 Storage - Electrochemical Classic Batteries -Lithium Polymer (Li-
Polymer)
35 Storage - Electrochemical Classic Batteries -Metal Air
36 Storage - Electrochemical Classic Batteries -Nickle Cadmium (Ni-
Cd)
37 Storage - Electrochemical Classic Batteries -Sodium Nickle
Chloride (Na-NiCl2)
38 Storage - Electrochemical Classic Batteries -Lithium Ion (Li–ion)
39 Storage - Electrochemical Classic Batteries -Sodium Ion (Na–ion)
40 Storage - Electrochemical Classic Batteries -Lithium Sulphur (Li-S)
41 Storage - Electrochemical Classic Batteries -Sodium Sulphur(Na-S
Page 169 of 209
04 March 2024
42 Storage - Electrochemical Classic Batteries -Nickle –Metal Hydride

(Ni-MH)
43 Storage - Electrochemical Flow Batteries - Vanadium Red-Oxide
44 Storage - Electrochemical Flow Batteries - Zinc – Iron (Zn –Fe)
45 Storage - Electrochemical Flow Batteries - Zinc – Bromine (Zn –
Br)
46 Storage - Other
47 Other
2. Intermittent and Non-intermittent Generation is defined in ENA EREP 130 as follows:

• Intermittent Generation: Generation plant where the energy source for the prime mover
can not be made available on demand
• Non-intermittent Generation: Generation plant where the energy source for the prime
mover can be made available on demand
3. For wind turbines only - IEC 61400-21 ( P60 and P0.2)
4. See ER G74, ETR 120 and IEC 60909 for guidance on fault current data. Additionally, fault
current contribution data may be provided in the form of detailed graphs, waveforms and/or
tables. This information need not be provided where detailed fault level contribution /
impedance data is provided for the site in Schedule 5a or for each Power Generating
Module in Schedules 5c.
5. This information need not be provided where the interface protection is provided on a per
Power Station basis. In such cases the information should be provided in Schedule 5a.
Page 170 of 209
04 March 2024
Schedule 5c (i)
Power Generating Module DATA FOR EMBEDDED Power Generating Modules

5c (i) Synchronous Power Generating Category Category
Modules for for
(or Equivalent Synchronous Power Generators Generators
Generating Modules –see note 1) connected Connected
at LV at HV
Power Generating Module MODEL DATA
Power Generating Module identifier Text SPD SPD
Type of Power Generating Module (round Text SPD SPD
rotor, salient pole or asynchronous equivalent
– see note 1)
Positive sequence (armature) resistance per unit DPD SPD
Short circuit ratio (see note 2) Number DPD DPD
Inertia constant (Power Generating Module MWsec/ DPD SPD
and Prime Mover) MVA
Direct axis reactances:
Sub-transient (X”d) – unsaturated / saturated per unit SPD / SPD SPD / SPD
Transient (X’d) – unsaturated / saturated per unit DPD / DPD SPD / SPD
Synchronous (X d) – unsaturated / saturated per unit DPD / DPD SPD / SPD
Quadrature axis reactances:
Sub-transient (X”q) – unsaturated / saturated per unit None DPD / DPD
Transient (X’q) – unsaturated / saturated per unit None DPD / DPD
Synchronous (X q) – unsaturated / saturated per unit None DPD / DPD
Time constants:
State whether time constants are open or short Text DPD SPD
circuit
D-axis sub-transient – unsaturated / saturated s DPD / DPD SPD / SPD
D-axis transient – unsaturated / saturated s DPD / DPD SPD / SPD
Q-axis sub-transient – unsaturated / saturated s None DPD / DPD
Q-axis transient – unsaturated / saturated s None DPD / DPD
Stator leakage reactance (unsaturated) per unit None DPD
Zero sequence resistance (earthed star only, per unit DPD DPD
including any neutral earthing resistance)
Page 171 of 209
04 March 2024
5c (i) Synchronous Power Generating Category Category
Modules for for
(or Equivalent Synchronous Power Generators Generators
Generating Modules –see note 1) connected Connected
at LV at HV
Zero sequence reactance (earthed star only, per unit DPD DPD
including any neutral earthing reactance)
Negative sequence resistance per unit DPD DPD
Negative sequence reactance per unit DPD DPD
Rated field current A DPD DPD
Field current open circuit saturation curve Graph DPD DPD
(from 50% to 120% of rated terminal voltage)
Potier reactance (if saturation factor available per unit DPD DPD
– see note 3)
Saturation factor (pu field current to produce per unit DPD DPD
1.2pu terminal voltage on open circuit)
Frequency response droop setting Per cent DPD DPD
Frequency response mode, ie LFSM-O or FSM text DPD DPD
Power Generating Module MODELS
Governor and prime mover model (see note 4) Model DPD DPD
AVR / excitation model (see note 4) Model DPD DPD
Notes:
1. Asynchronous generators may be represented here by an equivalent synchronous generator
data set
2. The short circuit ratio (SCR) of a Power Generating Module is one measure of the
performance of a machine under short circuit conditions and is important in determining the
unit’s stability performance. The reciprocal of the per unit on rating saturated synchronous
reactance, Xd(sat), is equal to the SCR.
3. The Potier reactance is only required if the saturation factor is available. The saturation factor
is defined as the pu value of field current required to generate 1.2pu stator terminal voltage on
open circuit.
4. SPD will normally be sufficient, except where the DNO considers that the stability and
security of the network is at risk. Sufficient DPD should then be provided in order to build up
a suitable Power Generating Module dynamic model for analysis. Alternatively a ‘Black
Box’ dynamic model of the Power Generating Module may be provided. All models should
be suitable for the software analysis package used by the DNO.
Page 172 of 209
04 March 2024
Schedule 5c (ii)
Power Generating Module DATA FOR EMBEDDED Power Generating Modules

5c (ii) Fixed Speed Induction Power Category Category
Generating Modules for for
connected Connected
at LV at HV
(see notes 1 and 2)
Magnetising reactance per unit DPD SPD
Stator resistance per unit DPD SPD
Stator reactance per unit DPD SPD
Inner cage or running rotor resistance per unit DPD SPD
Inner cage or running rotor reactance per unit DPD SPD
Outer cage or standstill rotor resistance per unit DPD SPD
Outer cage or standstill rotor reactance per unit DPD SPD
State whether data is inner-outer cage or Text DPD SPD
running-standstill
Number of pole pairs number DPD DPD
Gearbox ratio number DPD DPD
Slip at rated output % DPD SPD
Total effective inertia constant (generator and MWsec/ DPD SPD
prime mover) MVA
Inertia constant of the generator rotor MWsec/ DPD DPD
MVA
Inertia constant of the prime mover rotor MWsec/ DPD DPD
MVA
Equivalent shaft stiffness between the two Nm/ DPD DPD
masses Electrica
l radian
Describe method of adding star capacitance Text DPD DPD
over operating range (see notes 3 and 4)
Page 173 of 209
04 March 2024
5c (ii) Fixed Speed Induction Power Category Category
connected Connected
at LV at HV
Shunt capacitance connected in parallel at % SPD SPD
of rated output
Starting kVAr
20% or
40% Graph
60%
80%
100%
Active Power and Reactive Power import SPD SPD
during start-up MW-
MVAr /
Time
Active Power and Reactive Power import Graphs
DPD SPD
during switching operations eg ‘6 to 4 pole’
change-over
Under voltage protection setting & time delay puV, s SPD SPD
Governor and prime mover model (see note 5) Model DPD DPD
Notes:
1. Asynchronous generators may be represented by an equivalent synchronous data set
2. The User will need to provide the above data for each asynchronous Power Generating
Module based on the number of pole sets (ie two data sets for dual speed 4/6 pole machines).
3. LV connected generators may just have a simple fixed capacitor bank.
4. If electronic power factor control (eg SVC) is installed, provide details of the operating range
and characteristics eg pf or MVAr range - operating regime: constant or voltage set-point /
slope and response times.
5. SPD will normally be sufficient, except where the DNO considers that the stability and
security of the network is at risk. Sufficient DPD should then be provided in order to build up
a suitable Power Generating Module dynamic model for analysis. Alternatively a ‘Black
Box’ dynamic model of the Power Generating Module may be provided. All models should
be suitable for the software analysis package used by the DNO.
Page 174 of 209
04 March 2024
Schedule 5c (iii)
Power Generating Module DATA FOR EMBEDDED Power Generating ModuleS

5c (iii) Doubly Fed Induction Power Category Category
connected Connected
at LV at HV
Power Generating Modulemaximum fault Schedule SPD SPD
current contribution data (see note 1)
(see note 2)
Magnetising reactance per unit DPD SPD
Stator resistance per unit DPD SPD
Stator reactance per unit DPD SPD
Running rotor resistance per unit DPD SPD
Running rotor reactance per unit DPD SPD
Standstill rotor resistance per unit DPD SPD
Standstill rotor reactance per unit DPD SPD
Rotor current limit A DPD DPD
Number of pole pairs number DPD DPD
Generator rotor speed range (minimum to rpm DPD SPD
rated speed)
Electrical power output versus generator Graph / DPD DPD
rotor speed Table
Total effective inertia constant (generator and MWsec/ DPD SPD
prime mover) at rated speed MVA
Inertia constant of the generator rotor at rated MWsec/ DPD DPD
speed MVA
Inertia constant of the prime mover rotor at MWsec/ DPD DPD
rated speed MVA
masses Electrical
radian
Page 175 of 209
04 March 2024
5c (iii) Doubly Fed Induction Power Category Category
connected Connected
at LV at HV
DFIG unit models including excitation and Models DPD DPD
prime mover control systems (see note 2)
Number of operations of fast fault current Text DPD SPD
injection that can be sequentially
accomplished and any limitations on time,
thermal limitations, protection etc.
Notes:
1. Fault current contribution data should be provided under Schedule 5b.
2. SPD will normally be sufficient, except where the DNO considers that the stability and security
of the network is at risk. Sufficient DPD should then be provided in order to build up a suitable
Power Generating Module dynamic model for analysis. Alternatively a ‘Black Box’ dynamic
model of the Power Generating Module may be provided. All models should be suitable for
the software analysis package used by the DNO.
Page 176 of 209
04 March 2024
Schedule 5c (iv)

5c (iv) Series Converter Connected Power Category Category
connected Connected
at LV at HV
Power Generating Module maximum fault Schedu SPD SPD
current contribution data (see note 1) le
(see note 2)
Generator rotor speed range (minimum to rated rpm DPD SPD
speed)
Electrical power output versus generator rotor Graph / DPD DPD
speed Table
Total effective inertia constant (generator and MWsec DPD SPD
prime mover) /MVA
Inertia constant of the generator rotor at rated MWsec DPD DPD
speed / MVA
Inertia constant of the prime mover rotor at MWsec DPD DPD
rated speed / MVA
masses Electri
cal
radian
Series Converter Power Generating Module Models DPD DPD
models including excitation, voltage/Reactive
Power and prime mover control systems (see
note 2)
Number of operations of fast fault current Text DPD SPD
injection that can be sequentially accomplished
and any limitations on time, thermal limitations,
protection etc.
Notes:
1. Fault current contribution data should be provided under Schedule 5b.
Page 177 of 209
04 March 2024
2. SPD will normally be sufficient, except where the DNO considers that the stability and security
of the network is at risk. Sufficient DPD should then be provided in order to build up a suitable
Power Generating Module dynamic model for analysis. Alternatively a ‘Black Box’ dynamic
model of the Power Generating Module may be provided. All models should be suitable for
the software analysis package used by the DNO. Where required by the DNO, generator
electrical parameters should be provided based on Schedule 5c (i) or 5c (ii), according to the
type of machine used.
Page 178 of 209
04 March 2024
Schedule 5c (v)

5c (v) Transformers Category Category
for for
connected Connected
at LV at HV
Transformer identifier Text SPD SPD
Transformer type (Unit/Station/Auxiliary) Text SPD SPD
Number of identical units Number SPD SPD
Type of cooling Text SPD SPD
Rated (apparent) power MVA SPD SPD
Rated voltage ratio (on principal tap) kV/kV SPD SPD
Positive sequence resistance on principal tap per unit DPD SPD
Positive sequence reactance at principal tap per unit SPD SPD
Positive sequence reactance at minimum tap per unit None DPD
Positive sequence reactance at maximum tap per unit None DPD
Zero sequence resistance per unit DPD DPD
Zero sequence reactance per unit DPD DPD
Winding configuration (eg Dyn11) Text DPD SPD
Type of tap changer (on load / off circuit) Text SPD SPD
Tap step size % SPD SPD
Maximum ratio tap % SPD SPD
Minimum ratio tap % SPD SPD
Tap position in service (for off load % DPD DPD
tapchangers only)
Method of voltage control Text DPD SPD
Method of earthing of high-voltage winding Text SPD SPD
Method of earthing of low-voltage winding Text SPD SPD
Page 179 of 209
04 March 2024
Schedule 5d
DNO NETWORK DATA
(Data indicative of that which may be requested by Users for parts of the Distribution
System)
DATA DESCRIPTION UNITS

5d DNO Network Data (see note 1)
Fault Level at Connection Point prior to Power Generating Facility
connection.
Peak asymmetrical short circuit current at 10ms (i p) for a 3φ short kA
circuit fault at the Connection Point
RMS value of the initial symmetrical short circuit current (Ik”) for a 3φ kA
short circuit fault at the Connection Point
RMS value of the symmetrical short circuit current at 100ms (I k(100)) for kA
a 3φ short circuit fault at the Connection Point
Peak asymmetrical short circuit current at 10ms (ip-e) for a 1φ-E short circuit kA
fault at the Connection Point
RMS value of the initial symmetrical short circuit current (Ik-e”) for a 1φ-E kA
short circuit fault at the Connection Point
RMS value of the symmetrical short circuit current at 100ms (Ik-e(100)) for a kA
1φ-E short circuit fault at the Connection Point
Circuit Data
Circuit schematic diagram and geographic diagram showing normal open Diagram
points
Circuit impedances (R, X, B positive & zero sequence) Specify
Circuit ratings and any seasonal variations Specify
Is the network operated radial or non-radial? Text
Circuit transformer voltage ratios eg HV/433/250 kV/V/V
Are circuit transformers zoned by applying the progressively higher tap Y/N
settings for each group of transformers in zones along the circuit to optimise
voltage regulation?
Transformer Data (for each transformer)
Transformer identifier Text
Rated voltage ratio (on principal tap) kV/kV
Winding configuration eg Dyn11 Text
Rated (apparent) power MVA
Page 180 of 209
04 March 2024
DATA DESCRIPTION UNITS
5d DNO Network Data (see note 1)
Type of tap changer (on load / off circuit) Text
Tap changer rating (forward and reverse power) MVA / MVA
Tap step size %
Maximum ratio tap %
Minimum ratio tap %
Normal tap position %
Method of voltage control (voltage / LDC / NRC / other) Text / Report
Controlled busbar (high-voltage side / low-voltage side / remote busbar) Text
Target voltage and limits kV, ±%
Normal system voltage on the high-voltage side kV
Normal system voltage on the low-voltage side kV
Positive sequence resistance % on rating
Positive sequence reactance at principal tap % on rating
Zero sequence resistance % on rating
Zero sequence reactance % on rating
Method of earthing of the high-voltage winding Text
Method of earthing of the low-voltage winding Text
Notes:
1. Users are advised to refer to network data items published in the DNO’s Long Term
Development Statement.
Page 181 of 209
04 March 2024
Schedule 5e
DATA FOR EMBEDDED TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS

5e Embedded Transmission System Data CATEGORY
EMBEDDED TRANSMISSION SYSTEM LOCATION

& OPERATION
Embedded Transmission System name Text SPD
Postal address or site boundary plan (1/500) Text / SPD
Plan
Connection Point (OS grid reference or description) Text SPD
Connection Point voltage V SPD
Single line diagram of existing and proposed connections Diagram SPD
or Operation Diagrams when available
Number of Power Station and/or Power Generating Number SPD
Modules connected to the Embedded Transmission
System
Operating regime of Power Station and/or Power Text SPD
Generating Modules – intermittent or non-intermittent
(see note 1)
Means of carrying out voltage control and/or power factor Report SPD
control at the Connection Point
Embedded Transmission System performance chart Figure DPD
(net, at Connection Point, as per DPC7 Figure 1)
EMBEDDED TRANSMISSION SYSTEM IMPORT
Requirements for Top-Up and / or Standby supplies Text SPD
EMBEDDED TRANSMISSION SYSTEM EXPORT
Total Embedded Transmission System output at
Registered Capacity (net of auxiliary loads)
Registered Capacity (maximum Active Power export) MW SPD
Maximum Reactive Power export (lagging) MVAr SPD
Page 182 of 209
04 March 2024
5e Embedded Transmission System Data CATEGORY
Maximum Reactive Power import (leading) MVAr SPD

Total Embedded Transmission System output at
Minimum Generation (net of auxiliary loads)
Minimum Generation (minimum Active Power export) MW DPD
Maximum Reactive Power export (lagging) MVAr DPD
Maximum Reactive Power import (leading) MVAr DPD
Embedded Transmission System MAXIMUM FAULT
CURRENT CONTRIBUTION (see note 4)
Peak asymmetrical short circuit current at 10ms (i p) for a kA SPD
3φ short circuit fault at the Connection Point
RMS value of the initial symmetrical short circuit current kA SPD
(Ik”) for a 3φ short circuit fault at the Connection Point
RMS value of the symmetrical short circuit current at kA SPD
100ms (Ik(100)) for a 3φ short circuit fault at the
Connection Point
Short circuit time constant T”, corresponding to the change s DPD
from Ik” to Ik(100)
Positive sequence X/R ratio at the instant of fault - DPD
Embedded Transmission System INTERFACE
ARRANGEMENTS (see note 5)
Means of connection, disconnection and Synchronising Method SPD
between DNO and User statement
Site protection / co-ordination arrangements with DNO Report DPD
Site communications, control and monitoring (HV / LV) Report DPD
Notes:
1. Intermittent and Non-intermittent Generation is defined in ENA EREP 130 as follows:
• Intermittent Generation: Generation plant where the energy source for the prime mover
can not be made available on demand
• Non-intermittent Generation: Generation plant where the energy source for the prime
mover can be made available on demand
2. This section relates to operating conditions when the Embedded Transmission System is
importing Active Power, typically when it is not generating. The maximum Active Power
import requirement and the associated maximum Reactive Power import and/or export
requirements should be stated.
3. This section relates to operating conditions when the Embedded Transmission System is
exporting Active Power. The Active Power export and associated maximum Reactive
Page 183 of 209
04 March 2024
Power range should be stated for operation at Registered Capacity and for operation at
Minimum Generation.
4. See ER G74, ETR 120 and IEC 60909 for guidance on short-circuit current data.
Additionally, fault current contribution data may be provided in the form of detailed graphs,
waveforms and/or tables.
5. The interface arrangements need to be agreed and implemented between the User and the
DNO before energisation and consideration should be given to addressing the Distribution
Code requirements including DGC5, DGC8, DPC6.7, DOC5, DOC7.4, DOC8.6.3,
DOC8.6.4, DOC9 and DOC10 and the requirements of EREC G59 and EREC G99 as
applicable. For example DOC7 requires up to date contact details and procedures are
required to establish an effective means of communication between the Generator and the
DNO.
Page 184 of 209
04 March 2024
Schedule 5f
RE SYNCHRONISATION TIMES AND BLOCK LOADING CAPABILITIES FROM

RESTORATION CONTRACTORS FOR DISTRIBUTION RESTORATION ZONES

5f Restoration Contractor Data CATEGORY
RE-SYNCHRONISATION TIMES
Assuming all Restoration Contractors’ Equipment was
running immediately prior to the Total Shutdown or
Partial Shutdown and in the event of loss of all external
power supplies, provide the following information:
The estimated time by when each item of relevant Plant Tabular or DPD
identified in the DRZP can be Synchronised after graphical
receiving an instruction following a Total Shutdown or
Partial Shutdown, assuming all were running immediately
prior to the Total Shutdown or Partial Shutdown
including, where appropriate, at time intervals of being
Shutdown 12 hours, 24 hours, 36 hours, 48 hours and 72
before the Total Shutdown or Partial Shutdown. (see note
1)
Describe any significant issues (ie those that would affect Text DPD
the time at which the Anchor Power Generating Module
or Restoration Contractor’s Plant to be Synchronised)
that may arise, as time progresses without external supplies
being restored.
BLOCK LOADING CAPABILITIES
The estimated Block Loading Capability of the relevant Tabular or DPD
Plant shall be provided in either graphical or tabular graphical
format showing the estimated Block Loading Capability
from 0MW to the Plant’s Registered Capacity. Any
particular Active Power loading points at which the
Anchor Generator’s Plant or Restoration Contractor’s
Plant should be operated until further changes in output
can be accommodated, and the time between those
changes, should also be identified. The data of each
Restoration Contractors’ Equipment identified in a
DRZP should be provided for the condition of the
Restoration Contractors’ Equipment which were
Synchronised immediately prior to the Total Shutdown or
Partial Shutdown and where appropriate for time intervals
of being Shutdown 12 hours, 24 hours, 36 hours, 48 hours
and 72 hours before the Total Shutdown or Partial
Shutdown. (See note 1)
Page 185 of 209
04 March 2024
FREQUENCY CONTROL SETTING INFORMATION
Frequency control device (or speed governor) settings of Text, tabular DPD
the relevant Plant for normal operation and when and
operating under a Distribution Restoration Contract as graphical
part of a DRZP.
Note 1 Please refer to DPC 8.11.3 for the details of the data required.
Page 186 of 209
04 March 2024
Schedule 5g
System Restoration Information
Data Description
5g Restoration Contractor Data
System Restoration Information
Assurance Activity Distribution Frequency Date of test, results and
Code Reference of activity comments
Remote DOC5.7.3.2(m) 3 yearly
Synchronisation Test
Resilience to Total DOC5.7.3.6(a) 3 yearly
Shutdown or Partial
Shutdown of
Restoration
Contractor.
Voice system DOC5.7.3.7 Yearly
capability validation
Cyber security DOC5.7.3.6(b) 3 yearly
Page 187 of 209
04 March 2024
Schedule 6
DEMAND FORECASTS
DATA DESCRIPTION UNITS TIME UPDATE DATA

PERIOD TIME CATEGORY
COVERED
1. Half hour Active Power and MW/ 8 weeks - 3 Week 35 OD
Power Factor at Annual MVAr years
ACS Conditions for
specified time of the annual
peak half hour at the
associated Grid Supply
Points and at the specified
time of the annual peak half-
hour of the National
Electricity Transmission
System Demand
2. Half hour Active Power and MW/ 8 weeks - 3 Week 35 OD
Power Factor at Average MVAr years
Conditions at the specified
half hour of the annual
minimum National
System Demand.
3. Half hour Power output of MW 8 weeks - 3 Week 35 OD
Embedded Power years
Generating Module and/or
Embedded Transmission
System at the specified half
hour of the annual peak half
hour of the National
System
4. Schedules for the operation MW 2 weeks to 1600 hrs OD
of Embedded Power 8 weeks e
Date
Generating Modules and/or ahead a
Embedded Transmission Time
c
Systems whose output is h
greater than 5MW on a half- Friday
hourly basis
Page 188 of 209
04 March 2024
COVERED
5. Suppliers will provide MW 2 weeks to 1600 hrs OD
details of their proposed use 8 weeks e
of Demand Control Date ahead a
measures aggregated to c
5MW or more (averaged Time h
over any half hour) on a half
hourly basis for each DNO Friday
Connection Point.
6. Customers, Suppliers, MW 2 weeks to 1600 hrs OD
Other Network Operators 8 weeks e
and other DNOs connected Date ahead a
to the DNO’s Distribution c
System shall notify the Time h
DNO where their or their
Customers operations are Friday
likely to result in an
aggregated change in
Demand at the DNO
Connection Point of supply
of greater than 5MW of the
Demand at that time on a
half hourly basis.
7. Items 5, 6 and 7 above 2 days to 12 0900 hrs OD
updated. days ahead each
Wednesday
8. Details of differences greater MW 0 - 24 hrs As specified OD
than 5MW from the ahead
schedules of operation of any Date
Embedded Power
Generating Module and/or Time
System on a half-hourly
basis submitted under item 5
above.
9. Details from Suppliers of MW 0 - 24 hrs As specified OD
any differences of the ahead
amount and donation of their Date
proposed use of Customer
Demand Control Time
(aggregated over any half
hourly basis submitted under
item 6 above).
Page 189 of 209
04 March 2024
COVERED
10. Details from each User MW 0 - 24 hrs As specified OD
connected to the DNO’s ahead
Distribution System of any Date
change in aggregate
Demand at the point of Time
surplus of greater than 5MW
of the Demand.
11. Details of half hour Active MW Previous 0300 OD
Power and Reactive Power day
output sent out to the DNO’s MVAr
Distribution System by
Embedded Power
Generating Module and/or
System during the previous
day on a half hourly basis.
12.Suppliers, Other Network MW Previous 0300 OD
Operators and other DNOs day
connected to the DNO’s Time
Distribution System will
provide details of the amount
and duration of Demand
Control at the DNO
Connection Point
aggregated to 5MW or more
(arranged over any half hour)
which was implemented
during the previous
Operational Day.
Page 190 of 209
04 March 2024
Schedule 7a
OPERATIONAL PLANNING - LONG TERM
YEARS 3 AHEAD-
EMBEDDED GENERATORS CONNECTED TO THE DNO’S DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

AS SPECIFIED BY THE DNO

COVERED
1. For individual Power MW Years 3 Week 2 OD
Generating Modules or Date ahead
Systems the Set/System number
and Power Generating Module/
System capacity. Preferred
outage dates earliest start date
latest finish date.
2. DNO advise Embedded

Generators of:-
(a) details of Embedded Power Date Years 3 Week 12 OD

Generating Module or ahead
System they may withdraw from
service.
(b) Output Usable requirements. MW Years 3 Week 12 OD

Date ahead
3. Embedded Generators provide

DNO with
(a) update of provisional Embedded Date Years 3 Week 12 OD

Power Generating Module or ahead
System outage programme.
(b) Registered Capacity. MW
(c) Neutral weekly Output Usable Date

forecasts.
Page 191 of 209
04 March 2024
COVERED
4. DNO following discussion with Date Years 3 Week 28 OD
Embedded Generator will ahead
notify, with reason, revision to
the provisional Embedded
Power Generating Module or

Embedded Generator will ahead
notify, with reason, revisions to
the provisional Embedded
Power Generating Module or
(This taking into account User
outages received in Week 28).

Users agree Users outages. ahead
Page 192 of 209
04 March 2024
Schedule 7b
OPERATIONAL PLANNING - MEDIUM TERM
YEARS 1-2
EMBEDDED GENERATORS CONNECTED TO THE DNO’S DISTRIBUTION

SYSTEM AS SPECIFIED BY THE DNO

COVERED
1. For individual Power Generating MW Years 1 - 2 Week 2 OD

Modules or Embedded Date
Transmission System the
Set/System numbers and
Embedded Power Generating
Module/ Embedded
Transmission System capacity.
Preferred outage dates earliest start
date latest start date.
2. Embedded Generators provide
the DNO with estimates of:-
(a) Output Usable MW Years 1 - 2 Week 10 OD

Date
(b) outage programme Date Year 1
3. DNO following discussion with Date Years 1 - 2 Week 12 OD
Embedded Generator provide:-
(a) Details of Embedded Power

Generating Module or
Embedded Transmission System
they may withdraw from service
for an outage
(b) Update of Embedded Generator

outage programme.
4. DNO notify each Embedded MW Years 1 - 2 Week 12 OD
Generator of Output Usable Date
requirements.
5. Embedded Generator provides MW Years 1 - 2 Week 41 OD
estimates of Output Usable of Date
each Embedded Power
Page 193 of 209
04 March 2024
Page 194 of 209
04 March 2024
Schedule 7c
OPERATIONAL PLANNING - SHORT TERM
EMBEDDED GENERATORS CONNECTED TO THE DNO’S DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

AS SPECIFIED BY THE DNO

COVERED
1. For individual Power MW
Generating Modules or Date
Embedded Transmission Weeks 9 - 52
Systems the Set/System
number and Embedded
Power Generating Module/
System capacity. Duration
of outage earliest start date
latest finishing date.
Output Usable estimates. MW Weeks 9 - 52 Week 2 OD
Date
2. DNO informs Embedded MW Weeks 9 - 52 Week 4 OD
Generators of Output Date
Usable requirements.
3. Embedded Generators MW Weeks 18 - 52 Week 10 OD
provide DNO with Date
Embedded Power
System Output Usable
estimates.
Generators of change to Date
Output Usable
requirements.
5. Embedded Generators MW Weeks 28 - 52 Week 25 OD
provide DNO with Date
Embedded Power
System Output Usable
estimates.
Generators of changes to Date
Output Usable
requirements.
Page 195 of 209
04 March 2024
7. Embedded Generators will MW Weeks 44 - 52 Week 41 OD
provide estimates of Date
Embedded Power
System Output Usable.
8. DNO inform contracted MW Weeks 44 - 52 Week 43 OD
Embedded Generators of Date
changes to Output Usable
requirements.
Page 196 of 209
04 March 2024
Schedule 7d
OPERATIONAL PLANNING - USER PLANT, APPARATUS AND SYSTEMS

COVERED
Users provide the DNO Dates Years 1 - 2 and Week 28 OD

with details of proposed Years 3 ahead
outages which may affect
the performance of the
DNO’s Distribution
System. Details of trip
testing, risks of trip and
other information where
known which may affect
the security and stability
of the DNO’s
Distribution System shall
also be included.
Update of previously
submitted data for year 3
ahead.
Following consultation Date Years 3 ahead Week 43 OD

with Users and DNO will Years1 - 2 Week 48 OD
include agreed outage
proposals in the
programme.
As changes occur. Update of

Users
proposals
agreed in the
Medium Term
Plan.
Page 197 of 209
04 March 2024
Schedule 8
SYSTEM DESIGN INFORMATION

CATEGORY
General Information: DPD

Type of load and control arrangements
Maximum load on each phase at time of Peak Demand
Fluctuating Loads:
Rate of change of Demand – Active Power and Reactive MW/s DPD

Power increasing and decreasing
MVAr/s
Shortest repetitive time intervals between fluctuations in s DPD
Demand Active Power and Reactive Power
Largest step change Active Power and Reactive Power MW/s DPD
increasing and decreasing
MVAr/s
Maximum energy Demand per half hour MWh DPD
Steady state residual Demand (MW) between Demand MW DPD
fluctuations
Reactive Compensation
Rating of individual shunt reactors (not associated with cables) MVAr DPD
Rating of individual capacitor banks MVAr DPD
Details of any automatic control logic such that operating Text/ DPD
characteristics can be determined. Diagrams
Point of connection to the System Diagram DPD
Lumped Network Susceptance
Details of the equivalent lumped network susceptance of the MVAr DPD

User System referred back to the connection with the DNO’s
Page 198 of 209
04 March 2024
CATEGORY
Including DPD
shunt reactors which are an integrated part of a cable
system and which are not normally in or out of service
independent of the cable.
Excluding
independently switched reactive compensation connected
to the User System
and
any susceptance of the User System inherent in the active
and reactive Demand.
Fault Infeeds
Maximum and minimum short circuit infeeds into the MVA DPD
DNO’s Distribution System
X/R ratio under maximum and minimum short circuit DPD
conditions
[Contribution from rotating plant] DPD
Equivalent network information at the request of the DNO DPD
Interconnection Impedance DPD
For User interconnections that operate in parallel with the
DNO’s Distribution System details of the interconnection
impedance shall be exchanged between the DNO and User,
including
Positive Sequence Resistance
% on 100 DPD
Zero Sequence Resistance
Positive Sequence Reactance % on 100 DPD
Zero Sequence Reactance % on 100 DPD
Susceptance % on 100 DPD
% on 100 DPD
If the impedance in the view of the DNO is low then more
detailed information will be requested.
Demand Transfer Capability DPD
Information shall be exchanged on Demand transfer MW DPD
capability where the same Demand may be supplied from
alternative DNO or User points of supply including the
proportion of Demand normally fed from each point of
supply
Page 199 of 209
04 March 2024
CATEGORY
The arrangements for manual/automatic transfer under DPD
planned/outage conditions should be provided
Non - DNO System Data
The DNO will request information on circuit parameters, Text/ DPD

switchgear and Protection arrangements Diagrams
Transient Overvoltages DPD
Demand Profile For Day Of Exit Point Peak Demand DPD
Demand Profile For Day Of Exit Point Minimum Demand DPD
Page 200 of 209
04 March 2024
Schedule 9
LOAD CHARACTERISTICS

CATEGORY
Geographical and electrical point of Text
connection and date connection required SPD
Diagrams existing and proposed
connections
Types of Demand:-
Maximum Active Power Demand MW SPD
Registered Capacity
Maximum and minimum Reactive MVAr SPD
Power requirement
Type of load and control arrangements. Text SPD
Eg variable speed motor type of starter
employed
Maximum Phase Voltage Unbalance Ratio/ Phase at the SPD
time
Maximum harmonic content % THVD SPD
Fluctuating Loads:-
Graphical indication of typical cycle Graphical SPD
variation of Demand (Active /
Reactive)
Load Management Data Text
Maximum short circuit infeed based on MVA SPD
Power Generating Module
subtransient reactance
Maximum zero phase sequence
impedance of the User’s System at the % on 100 MVA SPD
connection point
2 hour Demand profiles for Peak MW and MVAr SPD
Demand
Monthly Peak Demand variation MW and MVAr SPD
Page 201 of 209
04 March 2024
ISSUE SUMMARY
No. Date Details of Change
1 01/10/02 This is the first issue of the Distribution Code for Great Britain. The D
Code has been formed from an amalgamation of the pre-existing Scottish
(Issue 4), and England & Wales (Modification 13) D Codes.
There are no deliberate policy changes introduced in this first issue of the
GB code: the drafting reflects the requirements existing in both forerunner
codes. However there are changes to the wording from both codes
necessary in adopting a common text. These changes have been kept to a
minimum consistent with developing a common Distribution Code for
Great Britain. The detail of these changes from the forerunner codes was
publicly consulted on as part of the process of introducing the Distribution
Code for Great Britain.
Where there are technical, regulatory or institutional differences between
Scotland and England & Wales the drafting has preserved these differences
in the combined code where necessary.
2 01/03/03 Annex 1 amended to recognize that ER G75 has been re-issued as ER
G75/1.
3 01/09/03 Modifications in respect of data requirements for Embedded
Generators – particularly:
• the addition of new DPC1.6 and DPC1.7;
• additions to DPC4.5.1;
• new DPC5.1.2;
• modified DPC7.3 and new DPC7.3.4
Modifications to the Distribution Data Registration Code
4 01/03/04 Introduction of ER G83/1 governing the connection of small scale
generation. Minor changes to definitions of Embedded Generator
and Generator, plus new note in DPC7.1.3 and minor explanatory
notes in 5.4.5 and Appendix 1 of the Guide. Rationalization of use
of Embedded Generator and Generator throughout the text.
Modification to the following clauses for the consequential changes

attendant on the replacement of the Electricity Supply Regulations
with the Electricity Safety, Quality and Continuity Regulations:
DPC4.2.2.1; DPC4.2.2.2; DPC4.4.2; DPC4.4.4; DPC5.2.1;
DPC5.3.4; DPC5.4.3; DOC5.4.8; DOC10.1.1; DOC10.4.5.1
5 01/08/04 Governance of Standards

Modification to:
Glossary and Definitions: addition of Annex 1 Standard;
Appendix 1 Standard; Individual DNO Standard; Qualifying
Standard.
new DGC 4.2 (g) & (h)
DGC 4.4
House keeping Changes to:

DPC 5.4.1 (and Guide 2(e)) and DPC 5.4.3
Page 202 of 209
04 March 2024
6 01/04/06o Modifications for BETTA and LEEMPS
Significant definitional and consequential changes to harmonize with
BETTA and GB Grid Code drafting.
Licence Exempt Embedded Medium Power Station drafting
including:
• New definition of a DC Converter
• Modifications to DPC7.3.3 in relation to data requirements
• Addition of new section DPC7.5 relating to data and
connection requirements
• Addition of new Section DOC 5.6 in relation to compliance
testing of Medium Power Stations
7 01/07/06 Replace ER P2/5 with ER P2/6 and the following consequential
changes:
• Addition of ETRs 130 and 131 to Annex 2.
• Harmonization of lower limit for DDRC Schedules 6 & 7 at
1MW
Replace ER G5/4 with ER G5/4-1 in Annex 1 and in DPC 4.2.3(b)
8 01/11/06 Modify the definitions of Large, Medium and Small Power Stations
to align with changes to the GB Grid Code.
9 01/06/08 Minor housekeeping corrections to DGC6.1 and DOC 1.1.5 to point
to DGD 2(vi).
Replace references to G83/1 with references to G83/1-1
10 15/12/08 Modified to include IDNOs in governance of the D Code. Primarily
mods to DGC4.
Gas and Electricity Consumers’s Committee changed to NCC in
accordance with Ofgem directive of 1 October 2008.
11 24/06/09 Modified for Offshore Transmission.
New definitions of :
Embedded Transmission Licensee
Existing Offshore Generators
Great Britain
National Electricity Transmission System
National Electricity Transmission System Demand
Offshore
Offshore Transmission Implementation Plan
Offshore Transmission System Operator
Offshore Transmission Licensee
Offshore Transmission System
Onshore Transmission Licensees
Onshore Transmission System
SHETL
SPT
and consequential amendments.
Various changes to the code to ensure that conceptually an
embedded transmission system, ie an offshore transmission system
Page 203 of 209
04 March 2024
connecting to a DNO network is treated like a Large Power Station
for planning and operating purposes. Note that for safety interfaces
etc, the offshore transmission network is treated in the code in the
same way as an existing onshore transmission interface.
12 01/02/10 Addition of revised ENA TS 41-24 to Annex 1
13 01/08/10 Revised for updated requirements for the connection of embedded
generation.
Revision to the definition of System Stability
Replacement of Annex 1 Item 3 with ER G59/2
Removal of Annex 1 Item 4 ER G75/1
Addition of new document to Annex 2 - ER P18.
New section DGC11
DPC4.2.3 re-organized and amended to include the treatment of
voltage step changes.
New DPC4.4.1(f) citing ER P18 as a limit on 132kV system design
complexity.
New DPC 7.1.4 dealing with short term paralleling requirements
New DPC7.2 section dealing with operational requirements
transferred from G59
New DPC7.4.3section dealing with protection requirements, mainly
transferred from G59
Modified DPC7.4.4 for fault ride through requirements
New DPC 7.4.5 for system stability requirements mainly transferred
from ER G75/1
New DPC 7.4.6 on earthing, largely incorporating requirements from
G59
New DPC7.4.9.2 detailing requirements for commissioning tests
Review and updating of DDRC schedules.
14 01/02/11 Changes to DGC4.5 and Constitution and Rules to require
consideration of greenhouse gas emissions.
Update to Annex 2 Item 2, the Distributed Generation Connection
Guide
15 12/04/11 Inclusion of Guidance Note 2 in the published version of the D Code
Revision of G59/2 to G59/2-1 in Annex 1
16 01/08/11 Addition of ER G87 Guidelines for the Provision of Low Voltage

Connections to Multiple Occupancy Buildings to Annex 2 of the
Guide to the Distribution Code
17 07/10/11 Minor amendments to Guidance Note 2.
18 29/03/12 Minor amendments to Guidance Note 2.
19 01/11/12 Replace G83/1-1 with G83/2 and update Guidance Note 2.
Page 204 of 209
04 March 2024
Add Guidance Note 3
20 01/09/13 Modifications to the protection requirements in 7.4.3.4 to align with
G59/3
21 01/01/14 Modifications to DGC to implement the Code Adminstrators’ Code
of Practice.
Modification to DIN 2.1 to implement EU Third Package
requirements.
Minor housekeeping changes to definitions of Distribution Data
Registration Code and Distribution Code Review Panel to correct
typographical errors.
22 01/02/14 Modification to Annex 1 to note the change from ER G12/3 to ER G
12/4
23 01/08/14 Modification to DPC 7.4.3.3 and DPC 7.4.3.4 to increase RoCoF
protection settings to provide greate Total System stability
24 21/08/14 Modfications to DPC 7.4.2 and Schedules 5a and 5b to
accommodate additional reporting of Small Generator data to
National Grid
25 21/08/14 Modfications to DOC2.2 and DOC2.4 to relect EU Transparency

Regulations on demand customers >100MW
Housekeeping amendments to:
• DOC 6.1.3 (Electricity Supply Emergency Code nane
change)
• Amended DGC 4.3(d) to replace National Consumers’
Council with Citizens Advice.
• Update of reference to ETR130-1
26 31/07/15 Replace EREC G59/3-1 with EREC G59/3-2 in Annex 1
27 01/10/15 Modification to DPC 6.2

Replace reference to G12/4 (2013) with G12/4-1(2015)
Following publication of a separate user friendly Distribution Code
Summary Guideance document the Guide section has been removed
from the Code.
28 01/05/17 Modification to DIN 2.1 – addition of (b) iv)
Modification to DOC5 and DOC7 to ensure it is compliant with the
EU Network Code “Transmission System Operation Guidelines”
(TSOG). The TSOG is expected to enter into force in summer 2017
and some parts of it are effective immediately. These changes are
intended to ensure compliance with the TSOG on its entry into force.
29 01/02/18 Modification to DPC7.4.3.4 and DPC7.4.3.7 to change RoCoF

compliance requirements,and prohibit the future use of vector shift
Page 205 of 209
04 March 2024
as LoM protection. Replace reference to ER G59/3-2 with ER
G59/3-3
30 01/03/18 To take cognisance of the revision to EREC P25 (amalgamation of
ER P25 and ERP26). Modification to Annex 1 list and DPC4.3.2,
DPC4.4.1 and DPC6.5.1.
Remove reference to ER P26.
31 16/05/18 Definition of Small, Medium and Large Power Stations altered to
incorporate introduction of the European Network Code
Requirements for Generators.
Modification to DPC 7 to allow for compliance with the European
Network Code Requirements for Generators achieved by the
introduction of Engineering Recommendations G98 and G99.
Removal of G59 duplicate clauses:
• DPC7.1.4 and DPC7.1.5 Parallel operation
• DPC7.2.2 and DPC7.2.4 Isolation and safety labelling
• DPC7.2.5 Disconnection
• DPC7.2.6 Operational & Safety
• DPC7.2.8 Synchronising
• DPC7.4.1.3 Frequency Operating Range
• DPC7.4.3.4, DPC7.4.3.5 and DPC7.4.3.6, DPC7.4.3.9
Protection
DOC 5 clarification around Medium Power Stations.
32 01/07/18 Update of G59/3-3 to G59/3-4, and G83/2 to G83/2-1 throughout.
Minor update to Guidance Note to reflect this change.
33 23/07/18 Correction of compliance date for G98 and G99 from 17 May 2019
to 27 April 2019; update of references to G98 and G99 for the
housekeeping mods to those two documents.
34 10/09/18 New DPC9 (and associated definitions) added to implement the
Demand Connexion Code.
35 08/11/18 Update to Annex 1 to include new references to EREC S34 Issue 2

and TS 41-24 Issue 2.
36 10/12/18 Updated to include new references to EREC G98 Issue 1
Amendment 2 and to EREC G99 Issue 1 Amendmenet 3.
37 14/03/19 Update references in Annex 1 to EREC G83 and EREC G98.
Consequential modification to Guidance Note 2.
New clause DPC 8.3.2 implementing reciprocal data rights for Users
as required by KORRR article 5.
38 01/04/19 NGC replaced with NGESO or NGET as appropriate, reflecting the
separation of National Grid’s transmission lience into system
operator and transmission asset owner.
39 23/05/19 Update to reflect modification to EREC P28.
• Annex 1 - Qualifying Standards
Page 206 of 209
04 March 2024
• DPC4.2.3.2 – Voltage Disturbances
• DPC4.2.3.3 – Voltage Step Changes
40 16/06/19 Annex 1 updated to reflect new versions of ERECs G59, G83, G98,
and G99.
41 10/08/19 Update to Annex 1 to replace ER P2/6 with EREC P2/7.
Consequential removal of Guidance Note 1.
Update of Annex 2 to replace ETR 130 with EREP 130.
Both updates include the following consequential changes:
• Clarifying EREC P2 as being a standard defining the security
of supply that is to be achieved and EREP 130 the guidance
as how this is achieved.
• Formally incorporating Distributed Energy Resources (DER)
into EREC P2 and EREP 130;
• Removal of F-Factors and other tables associated with
assessing the security contribution from Distributed
Generation from EREC P2 whilst retaining and updating in
EREP 130;
• Refreshing the definition of demand to appropriately include
consideration and treatment of flexible resources such as
Distributed Generation (DG) and Demand Side Response
(DSR); and
• Specifically excluding the security of supply to DG
installations from the scope of EREC P2 as justified by the
consortiums analysis and findings.
42 01/09/19 Update reference to EREC G59/3-7 and EREC G83/3-5 in Annex 1
and consequential amendments in GN2, DPC7.2.1, DPC7.4.9.2.
43 14/11/19 Update reference to EREC G99/1-5 in Annex 1
44 09/03/20 Update reference to EREC G99/1-6 in Annex 1
45 12/06/20 Update reference to Engineering Report 131 and title.
Reassignment of documents to Annex 1 and Annex 2 classifications;
EREP 130 Annex 2 to Annex 1.
EREC S34, TS 41-24, EREC G12 and EREC P25 Annex 1 to Annex
2.
Updated the cross referning in the text to the Annexes.
Update reference to EREC G5/5 from G5/4.
46 01/08/21 Update definition of Demand Unit in DGD.
Update references to EREC G98/1-5 and EREC G99/1-7 in Annex 1.
47 01/09/21 Replacement of Production Type in DDRC Schedule 5b with Energy
Source and Energy Conversion Technoogy to reflect DNO’s licence
requirement to populate the Embedded Capacity Register.
Update references to EREC G98/1-6 and EREC G99/1-8 in Annex 1.
Page 207 of 209
04 March 2024
48 24/01/22 Update reference to EREC G12 Issue 4 Amendment 1 to
Amendment 2 in Annex 2 Qualifying Standards
49 28/03/22 Updates are in reference to the DCRP modification for Distribution
Code Compliance;
New definitions added
• Business Day
• De-energise
• Distribuiton Code Compliance Process
• Effective Date
• G59 3/7 Modification
• Retrospective Modification
Update to DGC11
• Existing DGC11.2 text has been removed and replaced with
new text for sections DGC11.2 - DGC11.4
• Existing DGC11.3 has been re-numbered to DGC11.5 to
allow inclusion of new sections.
New sections of text DGC12
• DCG12 Customer and Generator Compliance with the
Distribution Code
50 11/07/22 Updates reference EU Exit modification
Amendment to Guidance Note 2
Amendment to Guidance Note 3 (paragraphs 3 and 4)
New definitions added
• IP Completion Day
• Legally Binding Decisions of European Commission and/or
the Agency
• Retained in EU Law
Definition amended
• Manufacturer Information
New section of text added to DGD 2 (x)
Amendment to ‘Legally Binding Decisions’ in DIN2.1 (b)(iii)
DGC12.5 amended to include ‘Retained in EU Law’
DCP7.1.5 amended to include ‘Retained EU Law’
Removal of section DOC2.2 (c)
DOC5.6.2.2 text amended to include ‘the Grid Code’
Updates in reference to EREC P18 Issue 2
• Title change to document listed in Annex 2 section
• Amended text DPC4.4.1(e) reflecting title change
51 03/10/22 Update references to EREC G98/1-7 and EREC G99/1-9 in Annex 1.
52 13/02/23 Update references to EREC P2/8 and EREP 130/4 throughout:

• Guidance Note 1 amended and reference to P2 included
Page 208 of 209
04 March 2024
• Annex 1 Qualifying Standards
• DCP 4.2.1 text amendment
53 05/06/23 Update reference to EREC G12 Issue 4 Amendment 2 to EREC G12
Issue 5 in Annex 2 Qualifying Standards.
54 15/09/23 Update to DOC6 to allow protection for sites when implementing
demand disconnection where technically feasible.
Amendments to clauses:
• DOC6.1.2
• DOC6.1.3
• DOC6.4.3
55 15/12/23 Minor updates to DOC6.1.3, DOC6.4.3 and DOC6.4.5 consequent
on Modification GC0162 which clarifies the timing of demand
disconnection levels beyond 20%.
55 04/03/24 Modifications to include the requirements to achieve the Electricity
Restoration Standard. Updates and new requirements included in:
• Glossary and Definitions – replacement of black start with
system restoration and new definitions for terms associated
with system restoration
• Annex 1 Qualifying Standards
• DPC6 – new requirements for restoration contractors
• DPC7 – relocation of DPC7.4.8 into DPC6
• DPC8 – new system restoration reporting requirements
• DOC2 - new system restoration reporting requirements
• DOC5 – new system restoration testing requirements
• DOC9 – new text for the creation of DRZPs and for the
operation of DRZPs and LJRPs
• DDRC – new schedules 5f & 5g
END
Page 209 of 209
04 March 2024

Distribution Grid Code - UK

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Distribution Grid Code - UK

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Distribution Grid Code - UK

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

THE DISTRIBUTION CODE

Issue 56 – 04 March 2024

Second Issue 29 March 2012

Third Issue December 2012.

Fourth Issue September 2013

Fifth Issue May 2018

Sixth Issue March 2019

Seventh Issue September 2019

ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS G83 AND G59

ENGINEERING RECOMMENDATIONS G83

Average Conditions That combination of weather elements within a period of time

CUSC Bilateral An agreement pursuant to the CUSC Framework Agreement

DNO’s Distribution The System consisting (wholly or mainly) of electric lines

Distribution A plan produced under DOC9.4.6 detailing the agreed method

Event An unscheduled or unplanned (although it may be anticipated)

Frequency The number of alternating current cycles per second (expressed in

NGESO National Grid Electricity System Operator Limited.

Onshore Transmission NGET, SHETL and SPT.

Power Generating An installation comprising one or more Power Generating

Restoration Contractor A Generator or a Customer with a contractual obligation to

Restoration Service An Anchor Power Generating Module Test, Anchor Power

SPT Scottish Power Transmission Limited

Standard Planning General information required by the DNO under the

DGD 2. CONSTRUCTION OF REFERENCES

In this Distribution Code:-

1 Engineering Recommendation G5 Issue 5

1 Engineering Recommendation G81 Framework for design and planning, materials

5 Engineering Recommendation P25

DIN2 DISTRIBUTION LICENCE DUTY

(iv) Promote efficiency in the implementation and administration of the

(a) any one or any group of persons, or

DIN4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

DIN5 CODE RESPONSIBILITIES

The Distribution Code contains references to various Electricity Supply Industry

The Distribution Glossary and Definitions apply to all provisions of the

If circumstances not envisaged by the provisions of the Distribution Code should

Wherever the DNO makes a determination, it shall do so having regard, wherever

DGC4 THE DISTRIBUTION CODE REVIEW PANEL

DGC4.2 The Panel shall:-

(a) A Chairman and up to 5 members appointed by the ITCG, at least one

DGC5 COMMUNICATION BETWEEN THE DNO AND USERS

Unless otherwise specified in the Distribution Code, the methods of operational

DGC6 DATA AND NOTICES

References in the Distribution Code to Plant and/or Apparatus of a User include

DGC8 SYSTEM CONTROL

DGC9 EMERGENCY SITUATIONS

DGC10 DISTRIBUTION CODE RESPONSIBILITIES

DGC11 MODIFICATIONS TO THE DISTRIBUTION CODE

(d) provide assistance, insofar as it is reasonably practicable and on reasonable

DGC12 CUSTOMER AND GENERATOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE

Stage 1 – First Notice (Week 0)

Stage 2 - Second Notice (Week 4)

1. The DNO will issue notification in writing to the Customer or the

Stage 3 – Third Notice (Week 8)

Stage 4 – Fourth Notice (Week 16)

DPC1 GENERAL INTRODUCTION

DPC1.3 A requirement for reinforcement or extension of the DNO’s Distribution System

(a) A development on a User’s System already connected to the DNO’s

DPC1.4 Accordingly, the reinforcement or extension of the DNO’s Distribution System or

DPC1.6 Planning Data